{"title":"Beds \u0026 Bedroom","description":"\u003cp\u003eBuild a more comfortable bedroom setup for rest, recovery and everyday care with healthcare beds, mattresses, furniture and practical bedroom aids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShop by type:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/healthcare-beds\"\u003ehealthcare beds\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom-furniture\"\u003ebedroom furniture\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/mattresses-and-pillows\"\u003emattresses and pillows\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hygiene-comfort-accessories\"\u003ehygiene and comfort products\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdvice Hub:\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/beds-and-mattresses-guide-rest-well-and-rise-safely\"\u003eBeds and Mattresses Guide\u003c\/a\u003e for help understanding adjustable beds, pressure care, positioning and the equipment that supports a practical routine.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"long-handle-shoe-horn-and-dressing-aid","title":"Long Handle Shoe Horn and Dressing Aid","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3-in-1 Long Handle Shoe Horn and Dressing Aid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLong Handle Shoe Horn and Dressing Aid\u003c\/strong\u003e combines three common dressing functions in one adjustable tool: a long shoe horn, dressing hook and sock-removal aid. The handle extends from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm to 90 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the user extra reach while seated or standing and reducing how far the hand needs to travel toward the feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a useful everyday option for people who find bending, reaching or managing clothing around the lower legs awkward. Because the same tool can help with shoes, garments and sock removal, it can reduce the need to keep several separate long-handled dressing aids nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Reach for Different Dressing Tasks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe telescoping length lets the user shorten the aid when working closer to the body or extend it when more reach is needed. That flexibility can be useful when moving between a chair, bed and standing dressing routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor safer use, choose a stable seated position whenever balance is uncertain. The dressing aid is not designed to support body weight and should never be leaned on like a walking stick or grab rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThree Useful Ends in One Tool\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shoe-horn end helps guide the heel into suitable footwear without requiring the hand to reach all the way to the shoe. The dressing hook can help position compatible garments, loops or straps, while the shaped sock-removal end can help ease a sock down the lower leg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGarment and footwear shapes vary, so the tool should be used gently. Avoid forcing the hook or shoe horn where it could snag delicate fabric, damage footwear or scrape the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompact for Storage and Travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe reinforced ABS construction keeps the tool lightweight, and the detachable format makes it easier to pack or store when not in use. Smooth rounded surfaces help reduce snagging on clothing during normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-in-1 design:\u003c\/strong\u003e shoe horn, dressing aid and sock remover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable length from 57–90 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetachable construction for storage and travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight reinforced ABS plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth rounded surfaces to reduce snagging on clothing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual, non-powered daily-living aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat three functions does the tool provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt combines a long shoe horn, dressing hook and sock-removal aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the adjustable length?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle adjusts from approximately 57 cm to 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while seated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The adjustable length can be set for a stable seated dressing position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while standing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the user is stable and does not need to lean or balance unsafely while dressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the shoe horn end help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt helps guide the heel into a shoe without requiring the hand to reach all the way to the foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can the dressing hook be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can help guide suitable garments, straps or clothing edges into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it used to remove socks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaped end can help catch the upper edge of a sock and guide it down the leg where the sock and user's skin allow comfortable use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current product uses lightweight reinforced ABS plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come apart for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its detachable design makes it easier to store or pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require tools to adjust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo tools are required for normal assembly and adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with every type of shoe or clothing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Footwear and garment shapes vary, so use it only where the shaped ends can engage the item without forcing or snagging it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a weight-bearing aid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a dressing tool and must not be used as a cane, grab rail or transfer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Long Handle Shoe Horn and Dressing Aid available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This dressing aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunctions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShoe horn; dressing hook; sock remover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57–90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced ABS plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetachable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848431179,"sku":"MS-SHLNG","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/c03c47b8-e674b4_0f3a521b94b84379bb6d84f061f18335_mv2.webp?v=1754901806"},{"product_id":"patient-transfer-slide-sheet","title":"Patient Transfer Slide Sheet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLow-Friction Patient Transfer Slide Sheet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePatient Transfer Slide Sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reusable low-friction repositioning aid made from lightweight nylon. Its endless tube-style construction allows one layer to glide over the other, reducing the friction between the person and the supporting surface during suitable in-bed repositioning and assisted movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently offers three sizes — \u003cstrong\u003e95 x 75 cm, 135 x 75 cm and 150 x 75 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e — so the working area can be matched more closely to the intended repositioning task and user.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis type of low-friction transfer sheet is also commonly searched for as a \u003cstrong\u003eSlippery Sam\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eSlippery Sam slide sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e. The name is often used conversationally for slide sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow a Tube Slide Sheet Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sheet forms a continuous loop rather than a single flat layer. When positioned correctly, the two low-friction nylon surfaces move against each other, allowing a person to be repositioned with less drag than moving directly against the bed linen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slide sheet does not lift or suspend the user. Its role is to reduce friction as part of an appropriate moving-and-handling technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three available sizes provide different amounts of working area. A smaller sheet may be easier to position for a more localised movement, while a longer sheet provides greater coverage where a larger section of the body needs to move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct choice depends on the person, bed, task and technique rather than simply selecting the largest option. Excess loose material can be awkward to manage, while a sheet that is too small may not provide enough low-friction surface for the intended movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFor Repositioning Rather Than General Transfers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide sheets are most commonly used to help with repositioning in bed, such as moving a person higher up the mattress or adjusting their position. They are not a substitute for a transfer board, standing aid, hoist or sling where a different type of transfer is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe appropriate number of carers and the movement technique depend on the user and their care plan. If manual handling is uncertain, follow relevant professional guidance rather than improvising a technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReusable Lightweight Nylon\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lightweight nylon is breathable and quick drying, making the sheet practical for repeated care use. Inspect the material and seams before each use and stop using it if the fabric, stitching or low-friction surface becomes damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-friction tube design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlip-coated inner surfaces allow the layers to glide over each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight nylon construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable, quick-drying fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree current size options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95 x 75 cm, 135 x 75 cm and 150 x 75 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable care and repositioning aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for use only with an appropriate transfer or repositioning technique.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the slide sheet used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to reduce friction during suitable repositioning or assisted movement, particularly in bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent variants are 95 x 75 cm, 135 x 75 cm and 150 x 75 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does tube-style mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sheet forms an endless loop, allowing one nylon layer to slide over the other during movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current product uses lightweight nylon with low-friction inner surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the slide sheet lift a person?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It reduces friction but is not a hoist, sling or weight-bearing lifting device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan one person always use it alone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The number of carers required depends on the person, movement and care plan. Use the appropriate manual-handling technique for the situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for every type of transfer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Slide sheets are primarily repositioning aids. Other transfers may require a transfer board, hoist or different equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould it be left under a person after repositioning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the relevant care procedure specifically allows it. Low-friction material can affect stability, so it is normally removed when the task is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should the correct size be chosen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a size that provides enough working area for the intended repositioning technique without creating excess loose material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the nylon quick drying?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The current material is described as breathable and quick drying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould the sheet be inspected before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Do not use it if the fabric, seams or low-friction surface are damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in home care?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, where the person and carer have an appropriate repositioning technique and the product suits the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Patient Transfer Slide Sheet available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All current size variants are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this transfer sheet a Slippery Sam?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“Slippery Sam” is commonly used as a search term for low-friction patient slide sheets. This product is MoveSmart’s Patient Transfer Slide Sheet, supplied in three sizes. Choose it by the required dimensions, tube-style construction and intended repositioning technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEndless tube-style slide sheet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 x 75 cm; 135 x 75 cm; 150 x 75 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary function\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce friction during suitable repositioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight-bearing lifting aid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"95 x 75cm","offer_id":42207039881291,"sku":"MS-PTSSGRN-1","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"135 x 75cm","offer_id":42207039914059,"sku":"MS-PTSSGRN-2","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 x 75cm","offer_id":42207039946827,"sku":"MS-PTSSGRN-3","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/main-image-4.jpg?v=1773436863"},{"product_id":"over-wheelchair-table","title":"Over Wheelchair Table","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Over Wheelchair Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Over Wheelchair Table\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a convenient surface for meals, reading, writing and everyday activities while seated in a wheelchair. Its robust \u003cstrong\u003eanodised aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e and wheelchair-friendly base are designed to allow close access without unnecessary obstruction around the chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table is \u003cstrong\u003eheight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e and rolls on \u003cstrong\u003efour smooth-running castors\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy repositioning. The Goldfern instructions specify a \u003cstrong\u003e10 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e; the table should not be sat on or used as a support when standing or sitting down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodised aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for a robust, practical construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheelchair-compatible base\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to allow close positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e for different users and chair setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour smooth-running castors\u003c\/strong\u003e for manoeuvrability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for meals, reading, writing and compatible personal devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Over Wheelchair Table?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table is purpose-designed around wheelchair access rather than being a general household table placed in front of a chair. Its open base, adjustable height and castors make it easier to position a useful work or meal surface close to the user while keeping the setup straightforward for everyday home or care use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Table Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Over Wheelchair Table is easier to use when the base, column and tabletop can reach the required position without interfering with the wheelchair frame, footrests or wheels. Check the usable height range, base clearance and the direction from which the table will approach. The user should be able to sit comfortably without leaning, twisting or trapping their legs beneath the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow room for the chair and table to move independently, and apply any provided brakes before placing drinks or equipment on the surface. Keep loads within the published limit and distribute them evenly. Height or angle adjustments should be made carefully so loose objects cannot slide from the tabletop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Over Wheelchair Table designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides an accessible surface for everyday activities such as meals, reading, writing and using suitable personal devices while seated in a wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the frame aluminium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfern specifies a robust anodised aluminium frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the table height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tabletop height can be raised or lowered to suit the user and wheelchair setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the height adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Goldfern instructions use a hand nut and ratchet lever. The hand nut should be loosened before adjusting the tabletop, then tightened again once the preferred height is set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published safe working load is 10 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I lean on the table when standing up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Goldfern specifically advises not to lean on the table for support when sitting down or standing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the table be used as a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a tabletop and must not be sat on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many castors does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table has four smooth-running castor wheels for repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the base accommodate a wheelchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is specifically designed to accommodate wheelchairs and allow close access. Wheelchair dimensions and individual setup should still be checked for fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for home and care environments?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its accessible design makes it suitable for everyday use in homes and care settings where an over-wheelchair surface is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Over Wheelchair Table available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Over Wheelchair Table is available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned to accommodate wheelchairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCastors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 smooth-running castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849119307,"sku":"GF-OVRCHRTBL","price":339.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/a860e8f2-e674b4_a1e9265c1817497a882cd63764dd4e3a_mv2.jpg?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"transfer-disc-rolko-easy-transfer","title":"Transfer Disc Rolko Easy TRANSFER","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Disc\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Disc\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact seated-transfer aid designed to be used during transfers between surfaces such as a wheelchair, bed, chair or compatible vehicle seat. Rolko also lists it for use together with EasyTRANSFER transfer boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e this product is not described by Rolko as a floor-standing foot pivot disc. Follow the product instructions and use it as part of an appropriate seated-transfer technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e413 x 413 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e38 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 kg carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e2 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e product weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated handles for lifting and positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for seated transfer assistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be combined with Rolko EasyTRANSFER transfer boards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDR-compliant medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning a Controlled Transfer\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransfer Disc Rolko Easy TRANSFER is intended to support a specific part of a transfer rather than replace good positioning and an appropriate transfer technique. The starting and destination surfaces should be stable, close enough for the planned movement and arranged so the user and caregiver can work without twisting or reaching unexpectedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore regular use, confirm that the product’s dimensions and stated load rating suit the user and environment. Clothing, footwear, floor condition and the height difference between surfaces can all affect how smoothly a transfer works. A physiotherapist or occupational therapist can help determine suitability and teach a technique matched to the person’s strength, balance and ability to follow instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the EasyTRANSFER disc used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a seated-transfer accessory intended to assist movement between suitable adjacent surfaces and can be used with Rolko EasyTRANSFER boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a standing pivot disc for the feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Rolko describes this product as part of its seated-transfer system, not as a floor disc for a standing foot pivot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 413 mm long x 413 mm wide x 38 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the carrying capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe capacity is 130 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 2 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have handles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Integrated handles make it easier to pick up and position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with the Rolko transfer board?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Rolko lists the disc as compatible with its EasyTRANSFER transfer boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used by every person independently?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Transfer ability varies. Some users require caregiver assistance or professional assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the two transfer surfaces be stable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Beds, chairs and wheelchairs should be stable and appropriately positioned before any transfer begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace a hoist?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not a lifting device. Users who cannot safely complete a seated transfer may require a different transfer method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould transfer technique be assessed professionally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, particularly where there is uncertainty about balance, strength, skin integrity or caregiver handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used if damaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Stop using it if the surface, structure or handles are damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Rolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Disc available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This transfer disc is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e413 x 413 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarrying capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRolko EasyTRANSFER boards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Rolko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849184843,"sku":"TW-TRNSFRDISC","price":199.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/959ce177-e674b4_be9e44cd8012440bb198dfbd81ce51e7_mv2.jpg?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"transfer-board-rolko-easy-transfer","title":"Transfer Board Rolko Easy TRANSFER","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Board – 700 mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Board\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 700 mm sliding board designed to bridge short gaps during seated transfers, such as between a wheelchair and bed, chair or compatible vehicle seat. It includes integrated handholds plus recesses shaped to provide clearance around wheelchair tyres and push rims.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e700 mm long x 230 mm wide x 12 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 kg carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e1.65 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e product weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated handles for positioning and carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecesses for wheelchair tyres and push rims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for assisted or appropriate independent seated transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be combined with the Rolko EasyTRANSFER transfer disc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDR-compliant medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSafe Transfer Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA transfer board should bridge two stable surfaces with enough overlap at each end to remain secure. The user's transfer ability, upper-body control and need for assistance should be assessed before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning a Controlled Transfer\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransfer Board Rolko Easy TRANSFER is intended to support a specific part of a transfer rather than replace good positioning and an appropriate transfer technique. The starting and destination surfaces should be stable, close enough for the planned movement and arranged so the user and caregiver can work without twisting or reaching unexpectedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore regular use, confirm that the product’s dimensions and stated load rating suit the user and environment. Clothing, footwear, floor condition and the height difference between surfaces can all affect how smoothly a transfer works. A physiotherapist or occupational therapist can help determine suitability and teach a technique matched to the person’s strength, balance and ability to follow instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the board used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt helps bridge a short gap so a seated user can move across between suitable surfaces without needing a full standing transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the board?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e700 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide and thick is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 230 mm wide and 12 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the carrying capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe carrying capacity is 130 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1.65 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the board have recesses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaped recesses provide clearance around wheelchair tyres and push rims when the board is positioned beside a wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used independently?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome users with appropriate strength, balance and transfer technique may use it independently. Others will require assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be combined with the Rolko transfer disc?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Rolko lists the EasyTRANSFER disc as a compatible accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the board be used for standing transfers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a seated sliding-transfer board and should not be stood on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work between any two surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The surfaces must be stable, close enough together and at suitable heights for the board and user's transfer technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it remove the need for transfer training?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suitable transfer technique is important. Seek occupational-therapy or physiotherapy guidance if transfer safety is uncertain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the board be checked before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Do not use it if cracked, damaged, excessively worn or unable to sit securely between the transfer surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Rolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Board available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This transfer board is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarrying capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Rolko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849250379,"sku":"TW-TRNSFRBRD","price":119.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b94b590c-e674b4_d3c956b4f23e4c4a8f592148b47fe3f7_mv2.jpg?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"chevron-adjustable-bed-cradle","title":"Chevron Adjustable Bed Cradle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eChevron Adjustable Bed Cradle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eChevron Adjustable Bed Cradle\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight aluminium frame designed to hold sheets and blankets away from the feet or lower legs. It slides between the mattress and bed base, creating clearance beneath the bedding without requiring a permanent fitting to the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike a fixed-height bed cradle, the Chevron adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e530 to 680 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e. That extra flexibility can be useful with different mattress depths or where more or less bedding clearance is needed. The frame is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e480 mm wide x 500 mm long\u003c\/strong\u003e and separates into two parts for easier transport or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use a Bed Cradle?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bed cradle supports the weight of sheets and blankets above part of the body rather than allowing the bedding to rest directly on the feet or legs. This can be useful where direct contact or pressure from bedclothes is uncomfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cradle does not lift, position or support the user's legs. Its purpose is simply to create a raised structure for the bedding, so any separate positioning or pressure-care needs should be managed with the appropriate equipment or clinical advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Height for Different Bed Setups\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Chevron's 530–680 mm height range allows the raised section to be set to suit the mattress and the amount of clearance required. The lower portion of the frame remains beneath the mattress while the upper section supports the bedding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen setting the height, use only as much clearance as is needed and make sure the frame remains stable. The cradle should not interfere with the user's movement, transfers, bed rails, mattress system or any powered profiling sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChevron Adjustable Cradle or Viking Fixed-Height Cradle?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eChevron Adjustable Bed Cradle\u003c\/strong\u003e when height flexibility is useful. Its aluminium frame adjusts from approximately 530 to 680 mm and can be separated into two parts for storage or transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/viking-bed-cradle\"\u003eViking Bed Cradle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the simpler fixed-height alternative. It uses a powder-coated steel frame measuring approximately 320 mm wide x 500 mm long x 600 mm high. Both products are designed to hold bedding away from the body; the main difference is whether adjustable height or a simple fixed frame better suits the bed setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable from 530–680 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 480 mm wide x 500 mm long\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlides between the mattress and bed base for straightforward installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be positioned at the end or side of a suitable bed where the setup allows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to hold bedding away from the feet or lower legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplits into two parts for easier transport and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent fixing or powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a bed cradle used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bed cradle supports sheets and blankets above part of the body so the bedding does not rest directly on the feet or lower legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high does the Chevron Bed Cradle adjust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame adjusts from approximately 530 mm to 680 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cradle is approximately 480 mm wide and 500 mm long, with an adjustable height of 530–680 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it fitted to the bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lower section slides between the mattress and bed base while the raised section sits above the area where bedding clearance is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted at the side of the bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, where the mattress and bed setup allow it to be positioned safely and securely. It can also be used from the foot of a suitable bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Chevron Adjustable Bed Cradle is made from lightweight aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it permanently attach to the bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a removable frame held in position by placement beneath the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the cradle support body weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is intended to support bedding only and must not be used as a grab rail, transfer aid or body-support device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it raise or position the legs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A bed cradle creates clearance beneath bedding; it does not elevate or reposition the user's legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with an adjustable or electric bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly where its position does not interfere with the bed's moving sections, mattress system, rails or other equipment. Check the setup carefully before use and after any change in bed position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Chevron and Viking bed cradles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Chevron has an adjustable aluminium frame with a 530–680 mm height range. The Viking is a fixed-height powder-coated steel cradle measuring approximately 600 mm high. The Chevron is the better choice when height flexibility is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the Chevron Bed Cradle be taken apart for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame separates into two parts, making it easier to store or transport when it is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Chevron Adjustable Bed Cradle available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This bed cradle is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 480 mm x L 500 mm x H 530–680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530–680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlides between mattress and bed base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-part removable frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Chevron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849676363,"sku":"CUB-CHEVBEDCRDLE","price":219.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ef77644e-e674b4_d6a17c8a6e5049039395bd7b82482a06_mv2.jpg?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"viking-bed-cradle","title":"Viking Bed Cradle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eViking Bed Cradle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eViking Bed Cradle\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple fixed-height frame designed to hold bed linen away from the legs or feet. The powder-coated steel frame slides between the mattress and bed base so sheets and blankets can drape over the raised section rather than resting directly on the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen a Bed Cradle Can Be Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bed cradle can be helpful when the weight or contact of sheets and blankets is uncomfortable over the feet or lower legs. It does not support or reposition the user; its job is simply to create clearance beneath the bedding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it sits partly beneath the mattress, check that the bed base and mattress provide enough stable support and that the cradle does not interfere with adjustable-bed movement or other equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed-height bed-linen support frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated steel construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlides between the mattress and bed base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e320 mm wide x 500 mm long x 600 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo moving or powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful where direct bedding contact is uncomfortable or needs to be minimised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeeping Bedding Clear of Sensitive Areas\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Viking Bed Cradle creates a raised support beneath the bedcovers, helping reduce the weight or rubbing of sheets and blankets over the feet or lower legs. It can be useful where contact from bedding is uncomfortable, while still allowing normal covers to provide warmth around the supported area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the cradle so it remains stable and does not interfere with transfers, bed adjustment or the user’s movement. Check the available mattress and bed-frame clearance before use, and make sure bedding is spread without pulling the frame out of position. The setup should be reviewed if the user has reduced sensation, fragile skin or changing clinical needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does a bed cradle do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt creates a raised support for sheets and blankets so the bedding does not rest directly on part of the legs or feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lower section slides between the mattress and the bed base, with the raised section positioned over the area where linen clearance is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 320 mm wide, 500 mm long and 600 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a fixed-height bed cradle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it attach permanently to the bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a removable frame that is held in position by placement beneath the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit is guaranteed. The mattress, base design and available clearance should be checked before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if its position does not interfere with bed profiling or other moving components. Check compatibility before using it on a powered bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it carry body weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed to support bedding, not a person or heavy objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it lift or reposition the legs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It only holds bedding away from the body. Leg positioning requires a suitable support or positioning aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould it be checked after changing bed position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Make sure the frame remains stable and does not interfere with the bed or user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame using a mild cleaning method suitable for the finish and dry it thoroughly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Viking Bed Cradle available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This bed cradle is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Viking","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849709131,"sku":"CUB-VKGBEDCRDLE","price":109.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/a6319eb3-e674b4_d5756d9a0ad846ed9c8848722958ecce_mv2.jpg?v=1754901811"},{"product_id":"bock-v2-electric-bed-and-greenline-mattress","title":"Bock v2 Electric Bed and Greenline Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebock v2 Electric Home-Care Bed and Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe German-made \u003cstrong\u003ebock v2\u003c\/strong\u003e is a four-section electric home-care bed designed to bring the positioning and height-adjustment functions of a care bed into a more residential-looking frame. It allows the back, knee section and overall mattress platform height to be adjusted electrically, making it easier to change between sleeping, sitting and bedside-care positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers the bock v2 in \u003cstrong\u003eSingle and Super Single\u003c\/strong\u003e sizes. The Single is supplied with a \u003cstrong\u003eGreenline Hyper-Foam mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the wider Super Single is paired with a \u003cstrong\u003ePosture-Temp mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both sizes have a 200 kg safe working load and a maximum user weight of \u003cstrong\u003e165 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFour-Section Electric Profiling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress platform is divided into four sections so the bed can support a range of lying and seated positions. The backrest raises to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e70°\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the knee section adjusts to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e35°\u003c\/strong\u003e. This allows the upper body and legs to be positioned independently rather than simply raising the entire mattress on one angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor everyday use, that flexibility can make activities such as reading, eating, getting comfortable in bed or preparing to stand much easier than with a fixed bed base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePowered Height Adjustment for Access and Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress platform adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e370 to 830 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Lower settings can make getting into and out of bed easier for some users, while raising the bed can provide a more practical working height for a family member or carer helping at the bedside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause both the user and the person providing assistance may have different needs, the ability to change bed height is one of the major advantages of a genuine home-care bed over a standard electric lifestyle bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSprung Slat Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRather than using a completely solid platform, the bock v2 has a \u003cstrong\u003esprung slat base\u003c\/strong\u003e. The slats provide ventilation beneath the mattress and a degree of flex as the profiling sections move.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe slat system is designed to work with the supplied mattress and the movement of the bed frame, so it is worth treating the bed and mattress as a matched setup rather than choosing the frame in isolation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSingle or Super Single?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSingle\u003c\/strong\u003e bed measures approximately 915 mm wide overall and uses an 880 x 1960 mm mattress. It is the more compact option where bedroom space is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSuper Single\u003c\/strong\u003e increases the overall width to approximately 1220 mm and uses a 1100 x 2000 mm mattress. The extra width gives the user noticeably more room to turn and reposition while retaining the same electric profiling functions and 200 kg safe working load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress supplied also changes with size: Single variants include the Greenline Hyper-Foam mattress, while Super Single variants include the Posture-Temp mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHandset Controls and Function Lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eErgo Plus hand controller\u003c\/strong\u003e operates the bed's electric functions and includes a lock\/disabler. This allows selected electric functions to be disabled when that is appropriate for the user's care setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handset can be positioned within reach and its coiled cable gives freedom to move it without leaving a long loose lead around the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEmergency Lowering and Everyday Safety\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bock v2 includes a battery-backed emergency lowering function so the bed can be lowered if mains power is unavailable. The electrical system is rated to \u003cstrong\u003eIPX4\u003c\/strong\u003e for moisture protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour 100 mm castors allow the bed to be repositioned when required, with individual brakes used to secure the bed once it is in place. Approximately 150 mm of clearance beneath the frame also provides useful under-bed access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e165 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle and Super Single configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-section electric profiling\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMattress platform height approximately \u003cstrong\u003e370–830 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackrest adjustment to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e70°\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnee adjustment to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e35°\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprung slat base\u003c\/strong\u003e for ventilation and mattress support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgo Plus handset\u003c\/strong\u003e with function lock\/disabler.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency battery lowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPX4 moisture protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual 100 mm castor brakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. 150 mm under-bed clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronics warranty 2 years; frame warranty 5 years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/bockbed.pdf?v=1756980396\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Bock v2 Electric Bed User Guide\"\u003eBock v2 Electric Bed User Guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the bock v2 Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bock v2 is a strong option when a normal bed no longer provides enough adjustment but the bedroom still needs to feel like a home rather than an institutional setting. It offers substantial height and profiling control while retaining timber-style endboards and a conventional bedroom footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoosing between Single and Super Single is mainly about available room, user size and how much space the person needs for comfortable repositioning. If access for carers, hoists or other equipment is part of the setup, consider the whole room layout rather than the mattress width alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich mattress comes with the Single bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Single bock v2 is supplied with the Greenline Hyper-Foam mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich mattress comes with the Super Single bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Super Single is supplied with the Posture-Temp mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e200 kg for both sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e165 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the height-adjustment range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress platform adjusts from approximately 370–830 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far does the backrest raise?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 70°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far does the knee section adjust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 35°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the mattress sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle: approximately 880 x 1960 x 150 mm. Super Single: approximately 1100 x 2000 x 150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference in overall bed width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Single is approximately 915 mm wide and the Super Single approximately 1220 mm wide; both are about 2160 mm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the handset lock do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated disabler allows electric functions to be locked when required as part of the care setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there emergency lowering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A battery provides emergency lowering capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow are the castors braked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bock v2 uses individual castor brakes rather than a central braking pedal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty applies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe warranty is 2 years on electronics and 5 years on the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a user guide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The existing bock v2 user guide is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan MoveSmart supply the bed in New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Contact MoveSmart for current configuration availability and delivery arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSingle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuper Single\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded mattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreenline Hyper-Foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosture-Temp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 915 x L 2160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 1220 x L 2160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 x 1960 x 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 x 2000 x 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlatform height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370–830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370–830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack \/ knee angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70° \/ 35°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70° \/ 35°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBraking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual castor brakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual castor brakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Bock","offers":[{"title":"Single \/ Dark Oak","offer_id":41676853411915,"sku":"CUB-BOCKDOS","price":4999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Super Single \/ Dark Oak","offer_id":41676853444683,"sku":"CUB-BOCKDOSS","price":5650.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Perfect Oak","offer_id":41676853477451,"sku":"CUB-BOCKPOS","price":4999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Super Single \/ Perfect Oak","offer_id":41676853510219,"sku":"CUB-BOCKOPSS","price":5650.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/29f07058-e674b4_b4a71694b9bf449a9de5dfce5007d4d6_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"casero-quad-telescopic-split-side-rails","title":"Casero Quad Telescopic Split Side Rails","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCasero Quad Telescopic Split Side Rails\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCasero Quad Telescopic Split Side Rails\u003c\/strong\u003e are a four-rail accessory set for compatible Casero care beds. The split configuration allows sections to be lowered independently for access while raised sections provide a physical bed-edge barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Split Side Rails?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike a single full-length rail, the split design separates the head and foot sections. That can make it easier to create access where needed while leaving another section raised. The exact setup still needs to suit the user, mattress and compatible Casero bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet of four split side rails\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescopic design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatible Casero bed frames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent Casero accessory listings identify code 3828 for use with compatible Duo and Vogue configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit sections allow more flexible caregiver and transfer access than a full-length single rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the exact bed model and rail compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed rails must be assessed and set up correctly to avoid entrapment hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBed-Rail Safety\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSide rails do not guarantee fall prevention and are not appropriate for every person. The gap between the mattress, rail and bed frame must be suitable for the user and bed configuration. Where there is any concern about entrapment, climbing or restraint, seek professional assessment before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBed Access and Side-Rail Positioning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCasero Quad Telescopic Split Side Rails provide adjustable bedside support while retaining sections that can be opened for care and transfers. Their usefulness depends on the bed model, mattress dimensions, user’s movement and the way carers access each side of the bed. Confirm compatibility and the intended rail configuration before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSide rails require an individual risk assessment because gaps, mattress compression and the user’s ability to reposition can affect safety. After fitting, check all locking points and clearances through the bed’s full range of movement. Care staff should understand how each rail section opens and closes before the bed is placed into regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many rails are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product is a set of four split side rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich beds do they fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are intended for compatible Casero beds. Current Casero accessory information includes compatible Duo and Vogue configurations, but the exact bed model should be confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does “split side rail” mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach side of the bed is protected by separate head-end and foot-end rail sections rather than one continuous rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the rails telescopic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe telescopic construction accommodates the compatible bed geometry and allows the rail sections to function with profiling and length configurations as designed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan one section be lowered while another stays raised?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is one of the practical advantages of a split-rail design when the bed and rail are correctly configured.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the rails prevent all falls?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They provide a physical boundary but cannot guarantee fall prevention and may introduce other risks for some users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan rails create entrapment risk?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Bed rails require correct mattress fit, gap assessment and user-specific consideration to reduce entrapment hazards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they be fitted to any non-Casero bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are model-specific accessories and should not be adapted to unrelated bed frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo they replace caregiver supervision?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Rails are one part of a care setup and do not replace appropriate supervision or assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the mattress be checked with the rails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Mattress dimensions and compression affect rail gaps, so the complete bed-and-mattress setup needs to be compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs professional setup recommended?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Correct fitting and user-specific risk assessment are important with any bed-rail system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan MoveSmart confirm compatibility?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Provide the Casero bed model before ordering so the correct rail compatibility can be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTelescopic split bed side rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3828\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Casero bed configurations; confirm model before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSplit, telescopic sections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Casero","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676853248075,"sku":"CUB-CASERORAILS","price":999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b22cf973-e674b4_03befad70020442e9444b0cff0dcd753_mv2.jpg?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"casero-duo-plus-bed","title":"Casero Duo Plus Bed","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCasero Duo Plus Double and Queen Electric Care Bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCasero Duo Plus\u003c\/strong\u003e is a wide electric care bed for people who need significantly more sleeping space than a Single or Super Single care bed can provide. Available from MoveSmart in \u003cstrong\u003eDouble and Queen\u003c\/strong\u003e sizes, it combines a generous platform with powered height adjustment, backrest and knee positioning, Trendelenburg\/reverse Trendelenburg and a substantial \u003cstrong\u003e450 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts width makes the Duo Plus particularly relevant for larger users, people who want more room to turn and reposition, or couples who need a wider care-bed platform while retaining the adjustment and access features of a clinical-style bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWide Care-Bed Platform for More Sleeping Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDouble\u003c\/strong\u003e has a sleeping surface approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1350 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the \u003cstrong\u003eQueen\u003c\/strong\u003e increases this to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both extend in length from around 2000 to 2200 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat extra width changes more than comfort. A larger bed also affects room layout, access for carers and the space available for hoists, transfer equipment or bedside furniture. Before ordering, it is worth measuring the whole working area around the bed rather than checking mattress dimensions alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eElectric Height Adjustment for Transfers and Bedside Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current Cubro specification table gives a mattress-platform height range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e260–660 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. That allows the bed to be lowered for suitable transfers and raised to a more practical height for dressing, personal care, repositioning and bedding changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA note on the low-height figure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cubro's current feature list also refers to an ultra-low height of 184 mm, while the same page's specification table gives 260–660 mm for both Double and Queen. Until that discrepancy is clarified, MoveSmart uses the 260–660 mm table value rather than presenting 184 mm as confirmed for these variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBackrest and Knee-Break Positioning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backrest raises to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e65°\u003c\/strong\u003e and the knee section to around \u003cstrong\u003e32°\u003c\/strong\u003e. These sections can be used to move from a flat sleeping position into a more upright posture for reading, meals or conversation, or to change leg position without simply tilting the whole bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the Duo Plus is a genuine profiling care bed, these adjustments are intended to work together with a suitable profiling mattress rather than a conventional rigid mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTrendelenburg and Reverse Trendelenburg\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe complete mattress platform can tilt through approximately \u003cstrong\u003e±12°\u003c\/strong\u003e. This gives the Duo Plus both Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg positions in addition to the individual back and knee adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a particular tilt position has been recommended for a medical or care reason, follow the advice of the relevant health professional. The value of the feature for most buyers is the additional positioning flexibility it adds to the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtendable for Taller Users\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sleeping platform extends from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2000 mm to 2200 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e in 100 mm or 200 mm increments. The integrated extension includes a foot-end mattress retainer so the frame can be lengthened without replacing the complete bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable mattress or extension arrangement still needs to match the chosen platform length, so confirm the mattress setup when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCentral Braking and Under-Bed Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ecentral braking system\u003c\/strong\u003e is operated from the foot end, making it easier to secure the bed's castors together after it has been repositioned. Full under-bed clearance also helps when compatible mobile lifting equipment or close bedside access is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bed includes a CPR backrest function that allows the back section to be lowered quickly toward flat when emergency access is required. Follow the user guide for correct operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Capacity Care Bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Duo Plus has a \u003cstrong\u003e450 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e and a maximum user weight of \u003cstrong\u003e410 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Safe working load includes the load carried by the bed as a system, so it should not be treated as simply another wording for user weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a higher-capacity bed, mattress selection, transfers and room layout are especially important. MoveSmart can help confirm the bed size and compatible mattress before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble and Queen size options\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e450 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e410 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMattress platform approximately \u003cstrong\u003e260–660 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e based on Cubro's current specification table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest adjustment to approximately 65°\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnee-break adjustment to approximately 32°\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e±12° Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping length extends approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2000–2200 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral braking\u003c\/strong\u003e at the foot end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCPR backrest function\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull under-bed clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for larger users, couples or anyone requiring a wider care-bed platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/38031caseroduoplususerguidefinalpdf.pdf?v=1756980395\" title=\"Casero Duo Plus Double and Queen Bed User Guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCasero Duo Plus Double and Queen Bed User Guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Double or Queen\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Double provides a 1350 mm sleeping width in a bed approximately 1490 mm wide overall. The Queen increases the sleeping surface to 1500 mm and overall width to approximately 1630 mm. Both provide the same core powered functions and load ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose according to the user's space requirements and the bedroom itself. The wider Queen can provide welcome extra room, but only if there is still adequate access around the bed for transfers, care and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers Double and Queen variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe safe working load is 450 kg for both sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 410 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the platform-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart uses approximately 260–660 mm, which is the range in Cubro's current specification table for these Double and Queen variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does some Casero Duo Plus information mention 184 mm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCubro's current page contains two different figures: its feature list refers to 184 mm, while its Double and Queen specification table gives 260–660 mm. MoveSmart uses the table value until that discrepancy is clarified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Double sleeping width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1350 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Queen sleeping width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the bed length be extended?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The sleeping platform extends from approximately 2000–2200 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have Trendelenburg positioning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Powered Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg are available through approximately ±12°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the backrest and knee angles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backrest adjusts to approximately 65° and the knee section to approximately 32°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have central braking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The central braking system is operated from the foot-end area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a mattress be purchased separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Mattress suitability depends on the selected bed width and profiling requirements, so confirm the exact required mattress before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a user guide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The existing Casero Duo Plus user guide is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan MoveSmart arrange supply in New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Duo Plus is an order-in care bed and MoveSmart can discuss current supply and delivery arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDouble\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQueen\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1490 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSleeping width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSleeping length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000–2200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000–2200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress platform height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260–660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260–660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack \/ knee angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65° \/ 32°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65° \/ 32°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrendelenburg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e±12°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Casero","offers":[{"title":"Double","offer_id":41676853280843,"sku":"CUB-CASERODUODBL","price":9100.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen","offer_id":41676853313611,"sku":"CUB-CASERODUOQN","price":9900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/45a97e3b-e674b4_692e15b0c48746a9afd3de28e15b88c2_mv2.jpg?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"mediflex-pressure-relieving-mattress","title":"Mediflex Pressure Relieving Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMediflex Pressure Relieving Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMediflex\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polyurethane-foam care mattress designed to profile with compatible electric beds. Deep castellations help the foam conform through bed movement, while a softer heel zone and bi-elastic waterproof cover support pressure redistribution and day-to-day hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContoured polyurethane foam core.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep castellations for profiling-bed flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-density heel zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoam side borders for edge support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable waterproof bi-elastic cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelded seams and concealed zip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-weight range approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20–120 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e150 mm mattress depth\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable only where mattress dimensions match the bed platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBed Compatibility and Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMattress fit is safety-critical on a profiling bed. Confirm the required bed-platform dimensions with MoveSmart before ordering so the mattress matches the intended bed correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Mediflex Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe key considerations are the \u003cstrong\u003ebed-platform dimensions, profiling compatibility and user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e. A mattress that is too short, too narrow or poorly matched to the bed frame can create gaps or interfere with profiling, so exact fit matters more than simply choosing a familiar “Single” or “Super Single” label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit the Mattress to the Bed and Care Needs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMediflex Pressure Relieving Mattress should be selected around the user’s comfort, mobility and pressure-care requirements as well as the bed platform. Confirm the mattress length, width and depth, particularly for profiling or adjustable beds where an unsuitable size can affect movement of the platform. Consider how easily the user repositions, transfers and regulates temperature during sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the mattress on a compatible, supportive base and follow the stated care instructions for the cover and internal layers. Bedding should not be pulled so tightly that it restricts profiling or changes the feel of the surface. Anyone with existing pressure injuries or a high clinical risk should have the complete sleep surface assessed by an appropriate health professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the mattress made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolyurethane foam with a contoured, castellated construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy are there deep castellations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey allow sections of the foam to flex and conform more easily as a profiling bed changes position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the heel zone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heel area uses lower-density foam to provide a softer support zone beneath the lower legs and heels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the cover do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bi-elastic cover is breathable and waterproof, and is designed to move with the foam while reducing surface friction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover easy to clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The waterproof cover and welded-seam design are intended for practical care-environment cleaning. Follow the supplied care instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the user-weight range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 20–120 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently has Single and Super Single purchase options. Exact mattress dimensions should be confirmed against the intended bed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy should exact dimensions be confirmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA profiling-bed mattress must fit the platform correctly. Confirm the required bed dimensions with MoveSmart before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on a standard domestic bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may physically fit some bases, but it is designed as a care\/profiling-bed mattress. Confirm dimensions and intended use first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it guarantee prevention of pressure injuries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for pressure redistribution, but pressure-injury risk depends on the individual and their full care plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it supplied with the Casero Duo bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA Mediflex mattress is included with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/casero-duo-bed-with-mediflex-mattress\"\u003eCasero Duo Bed with Mediflex Mattress\u003c\/a\u003e package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContoured polyurethane foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 20–120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBreathable waterproof bi-elastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep castellations; softer heel zone; side borders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize selection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm exact bed-platform dimensions before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Mediflex","offers":[{"title":"Super Single 2030 x 900","offer_id":41676853346379,"sku":"CUB-MFMTRSSS","price":999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":41676853379147,"sku":"CUB-MFMTRSS","price":899.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/39124e94-e674b4_f2033bd038d44b28b5960acf5ec323dd_mv2.jpg?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"casero-duo-bed-with-mediflex-mattress","title":"Casero Duo Bed with Mediflex mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCasero Duo Electric Home-Care Bed with Mediflex Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCasero Duo\u003c\/strong\u003e is a premium electric home-care bed for people who need the positioning, height adjustment and access features of a hospital-style care bed but want something that looks more at home in a bedroom. MoveSmart supplies it in \u003cstrong\u003eSingle and Super Single\u003c\/strong\u003e sizes, complete with a Mediflex pressure-redistributing foam mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eElectric height adjustment, backrest elevation, knee-break positioning and ±12° Trendelenburg\/reverse Trendelenburg give the user and carer a wide range of bed positions. The mattress platform can lower to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e184 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, while an integrated length extension adds up to 200 mm for taller users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLow When You Need It, Higher for Bedside Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of the Casero Duo's most useful features is its broad height range. The mattress platform lowers to around \u003cstrong\u003e184 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, which brings the sleeping surface much closer to the floor than a conventional bed. It can then rise to around \u003cstrong\u003e760 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating a much more practical working height for dressing, personal care, bedding changes and other bedside tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat ability to change height is useful for two different reasons: the user may need a lower position for getting in and out of bed, while the person assisting them may benefit from raising the bed before providing care. The best operating height will depend on the user, transfer method and any equipment being used alongside the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFour-Section Electric Profiling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Casero Duo separates the mattress platform into sections so the upper body and legs can be repositioned without simply tilting the whole bed. The backrest raises to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e65°\u003c\/strong\u003e and the knee section to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e32°\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis makes it possible to move from a flatter sleeping position into a more upright posture for reading, meals or conversation, or to alter knee and leg position independently. The backrest also incorporates mattress compensation as it moves, helping manage the way the mattress and user shift during profiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTrendelenburg and Reverse Trendelenburg\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe complete bed platform can tilt through approximately \u003cstrong\u003e±12°\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing both Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg positioning. This adds another level of whole-body adjustment beyond the individual back and knee sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are powered positioning functions rather than treatment claims. If a particular bed angle has been recommended for a medical or clinical reason, follow the guidance of the relevant health professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtendable for Taller Users\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sleeping surface extends from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2000 mm to 2200 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The extension is integrated into the bed and includes a foot-end mattress retainer, allowing the frame to accommodate extra length without replacing the complete bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is useful where a standard 2-metre sleeping platform is too short, but remember that the mattress and any accessory setup also need to suit the selected bed length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCentral Braking and Clear Under-Bed Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ecentral braking system\u003c\/strong\u003e is operated from the foot end, allowing the bed's castors to be secured together rather than requiring each wheel to be locked individually. This can make repositioning and parking the bed much easier in day-to-day care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame also provides full under-bed clearance for compatible lifting and care equipment. That can be important where a mobile hoist, over-bed equipment or close bedside access forms part of the user's setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMediflex Pressure-Redistributing Foam Mattress Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis MoveSmart package includes a \u003cstrong\u003eMediflex foam mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e. The mattress uses contoured polyurethane foam with deep castellations that allow the surface to flex and conform as the bed profiles. A lower-density heel zone provides a softer area beneath the heel and ankle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cover is breathable, waterproof, antibacterial and bi-elastic, giving the mattress a practical care-friendly outer surface while still allowing it to move with the foam and profiling bed base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSingle or Super Single?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSingle\u003c\/strong\u003e has a sleeping surface approximately 900 mm wide. The \u003cstrong\u003eSuper Single\u003c\/strong\u003e increases this to approximately 1050 mm, giving the user more room to turn and reposition while retaining the same core electric functions and \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wider Super Single may feel more comfortable for a larger user or anyone who prefers extra sleeping space, but it also takes up more room. When planning a care-bedroom layout, allow space not just for the bed itself but also for transfers, carers and any lifting or mobility equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e215 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle and Super Single options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric height, backrest and knee-break adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e±12° Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMattress platform lowers to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e184 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping length extends from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2000–2200 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral braking system\u003c\/strong\u003e operated from the foot end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCPR backrest release\/function\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull under-bed clearance for compatible lifting and care equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality Linak electric components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMediflex pressure-redistributing foam mattress included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep mattress castellations and softer heel zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable waterproof bi-elastic mattress cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Casero Duo Single and Super Single Bed User Guide\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/singlecaseroduouserguidefinalpdf.pdf?v=1756980395\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCasero Duo Single and Super Single Bed User Guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the Casero Duo Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Casero Duo is worth considering when a standard domestic bed no longer offers enough control over height, transfers or positioning, but the bed still needs to suit a home environment. Its low-height range, central braking and under-bed clearance also make it a more complete care platform than a typical lifestyle adjustable bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause care beds work as part of a wider setup, think about the user's transfer method, room dimensions, mattress requirements and any side rails, hoists or other accessories before ordering. MoveSmart can help work through those details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers Single and Super Single variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe safe working load is 250 kg for both sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 215 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow low does the mattress platform go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Casero Duo platform lowers to approximately 184 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high does the platform raise?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper platform height is approximately 760 mm, with the Super Single information also listing up to approximately 765 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the sleeping-surface widths?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 900 mm for Single and 1050 mm for Super Single.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the bed be extended for a taller user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The sleeping platform extends by up to approximately 200 mm, giving a sleeping length of around 2000–2200 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have Trendelenburg positioning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg are available through approximately ±12°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the CPR function?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows the backrest to be returned quickly toward a flat position when emergency access is required. Follow the bed user guide for correct operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This product package includes a Mediflex pressure-redistributing foam mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is different about the Mediflex mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses contoured polyurethane foam with deep castellations, a softer heel zone and a breathable waterproof bi-elastic cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan side rails be added?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompatible Casero accessories are available, including the Quad telescopic split-rail set. Confirm compatibility with the exact bed configuration before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a user guide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The existing Casero Duo user guide is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this normally held in-store?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is generally an order-in product rather than a standard floor-stock item. Contact MoveSmart for current availability and delivery arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSingle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuper Single\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSleeping width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSleeping length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000–2200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000–2200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress platform height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e184–760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 184–760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eUp to 65°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnee angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eUp to 32°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength extension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrendelenburg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e±12°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Casero","offers":[{"title":"Super Single","offer_id":41676853608523,"sku":"CUB-CASERODUOSS","price":7950.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single","offer_id":41676853641291,"sku":"CUB-CASERODUOS","price":7600.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/eb49e109-e674b4_f812380047e14c02a65d4e3b650de634_mv2.jpg?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"shoe-horn","title":"Shoe Horn - Long Handle, Flexible","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLong-Handle Flexible Shoe Horn for Easier Dressing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Long-Handle Flexible Shoe Horn\u003c\/strong\u003e provides extra reach when putting on shoes, helping reduce how far the user needs to bend toward the feet. Its metal construction is paired with a flexible neck so the shoe horn can follow the angle of the heel and footwear more naturally than a rigid straight tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a simple everyday dressing aid for people who find reaching the feet awkward because of stiffness, limited mobility or a temporary movement restriction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Long Handle Can Help\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA conventional short shoe horn still requires the hand to reach close to the heel. The extended handle brings the working end of the shoe horn to the foot while the user's hand remains higher, which can make dressing more manageable from a seated position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shoe should still be loosened enough for the foot to enter comfortably. A shoe horn is intended to guide the heel and protect the back of the shoe, not to force the foot into tight footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFlexible Neck for Easier Positioning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flexible neck allows the lower section to move with the angle of the heel and shoe for easier positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse gentle pressure and avoid deliberately over-bending or twisting the flexible section beyond what is needed for normal shoe placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSafer Everyday Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shoe horn can be used while seated or standing, but sitting is generally the more stable option for anyone whose balance is uncertain. Make sure the foot is positioned securely and that the user does not need to reach or lean beyond a comfortable range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the user has been given specific movement restrictions after surgery or injury, follow that advice even if the long handle makes additional reach possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-long handle\u003c\/strong\u003e for increased reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible neck\u003c\/strong\u003e to follow the angle of the heel and shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal shoe-horn section\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce the amount of bending needed when putting on footwear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful from a stable seated position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple manual dressing aid with no powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the handle extra long?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra length provides more reach, reducing how far the user needs to bend toward the feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the flexible neck do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows the shoe horn to move with the angle of the heel and footwear, which can make positioning easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho may find a long shoe horn useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may help people with reduced reach, stiffness or mobility who find bending down to put on shoes difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while seated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A stable seated position is often the easiest and safest way to use a long-handled shoe horn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while standing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used while standing if the user can maintain safe balance. If balance is uncertain, sitting is the better option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould shoes still be loosened first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosening laces, straps or other fastenings helps the foot slide in more easily and reduces strain on both the shoe and shoe horn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used to force a foot into a tight shoe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The shoe horn should guide the heel rather than be used as a lever to force the foot into footwear that is too tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable after surgery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may help reduce bending, but the user should follow any movement restrictions or dressing advice provided by their healthcare team.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the flexible neck be bent sharply for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvoid unnecessary over-bending. The flexible section is intended to assist normal positioning during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a powered device?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a simple manual dressing aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore it where the handle and flexible neck will not be crushed, sharply bent or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Long-Handle Flexible Shoe Horn available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This dressing aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong-handle shoe horn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal shoe horn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeck\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelping put on shoes with less bending toward the feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856754251,"sku":"GF-MTLSH","price":25.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b57433e8-e674b4_5eb7df6b97834544824ef2d94c08788b_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"sock-assist-tool","title":"Sock Assist Tool","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Sock Assist Tool\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Sock Assist Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple dressing aid for people who can manage their socks once they are on but find the initial reach down to the foot difficult. The sock is loaded over the soft covered section, lowered towards the foot using the \u003cstrong\u003elong fabric handle\u003c\/strong\u003e, then drawn on with less forward bending than putting a sock on by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is particularly useful where reduced hip or knee movement, back stiffness, balance concerns or limited reach make lower-body dressing awkward. The design is lightweight and uncomplicated, making it a practical everyday option for someone who wants a little extra reach without a mechanical or rigid dressing device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the Sock Assist Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis type of aid works best for a person who can sit safely, guide their foot into the loaded sock and pull the handle in a controlled way. It is intended to reduce the amount of bending and reaching required rather than completely remove the need for hand control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor very tight compression stockings or specialist medical hosiery, a dedicated stocking donner may be more appropriate. Sock thickness, elasticity, foot shape and the user’s hand function can all affect how easy the tool is to use, so everyday socks are the best starting point while learning the technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to help with \u003cstrong\u003eputting on everyday socks\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong fabric handle\u003c\/strong\u003e provides extra reach towards the feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft covered sock-support section\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce the need for deep forward bending during dressing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical for use from a \u003cstrong\u003estable seated position\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight daily-living dressing aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo powered parts or complicated adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact for storage at home or while travelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use the Sock Assist\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLoad the sock over the covered section with the opening held wide enough for the foot. While seated securely, lower the loaded aid to the floor, guide the foot into the sock and pull steadily on the fabric handle until the sock has moved over the foot. Finish positioning the sock by hand if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe technique can take a few attempts to learn. Avoid forcing a sock that is too tight for the aid, and check the handle and covered section regularly for damage or loose stitching.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Os2rXeExNQs?si=twlD09zRQfNH9fGp\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Sock Assist Tool for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a dressing aid designed to help put on socks when reaching the feet is difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it reduce bending?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe long fabric handle lets the user lower and pull the sock-support section from further away instead of reaching directly to the foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is likely to benefit from it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be useful for people with limited reach, reduced hip or knee movement, back stiffness or difficulty bending forward during lower-body dressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while seated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A stable seated position is generally the most practical way to use it. Make sure the chair itself is secure before starting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a soft surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfern describes the sock-support section as having a soft covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with every sock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. Sock thickness, elasticity, shape and foot size vary. Standard everyday socks are the most appropriate starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it designed for compression stockings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not specified as a dedicated compression-stocking donner. Very firm compression garments may require a purpose-designed aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it remove the need to use my hands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tool reduces reaching, but the user still needs enough hand control to load the sock, guide the aid and pull the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo complex assembly is required before normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a demonstration video?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The video above shows the general technique used with a sock-assist tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a gentle cleaning method suitable for the fabric handle and soft covering, then allow the tool to dry fully before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck that the fabric handle, stitching and covered sock-support section are secure and undamaged before pulling on them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep it clean and dry where the handle and covered section will not be crushed, snagged or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Sock Assist Tool available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Sock Assist Tool is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSock dressing aid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong fabric handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSock-support surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft covering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelping put on everyday socks with less reaching towards the feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsed from a stable seated position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompression hosiery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified as a dedicated compression-stocking donner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856819787,"sku":"GF-SOCKAS","price":28.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/7f675332-e674b4_5f1c288f6a1a4b8eb0e7da3aca00d0a1_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"bed-backrest","title":"Bed Backrest","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Adjustable Bed Backrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Bed Backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple manual support for sitting more upright in an existing bed. It can be useful for reading, meals, watching television or resting when lying flat is uncomfortable or inconvenient, without requiring a powered adjustable bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backrest angle can be changed to suit the user, while a cushioned headrest adds support at the top. A metal frame provides the structure and the fabric surface is designed for straightforward everyday care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Simple Alternative to Changing the Whole Bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor someone who only needs occasional upper-body elevation, a portable bed backrest can be a much simpler solution than replacing the bed with an electric profiling model. It sits on top of the mattress and can be adjusted or removed as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt does not raise the legs, change bed height or provide the multiple powered sections of a care bed, so it is best thought of as a sitting and reclining aid rather than a substitute for a medical or electric bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable for Reading, Meals and Rest\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe inclination can be altered so the user is not limited to one fixed upright angle. A more upright position may suit eating or reading, while a lower angle can be used for relaxing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cushioned headrest provides an additional contact point behind the head and neck. As with any support placed on a mattress, check that the backrest remains stable and that the mattress provides a suitable base before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable inclination\u003c\/strong\u003e for different sitting and reclining positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned headrest\u003c\/strong\u003e for added head and neck comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable metal frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for dependable support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-to-clean fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e for straightforward everyday care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable, non-powered design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for reading, meals, resting and other seated activities in bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is a Bed Backrest Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis type of support works well where the user can sit safely in bed but would benefit from something firmer and more adjustable behind the upper body than ordinary pillows.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the person needs prescribed positioning, frequent repositioning, pressure-care management or powered assistance to change posture, a profiling care bed or professional seating assessment may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this an electric adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a manual bed backrest that sits on the bed to support the upper body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the angle be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The inclination can be adjusted so the backrest can be positioned for individual comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include head support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A cushioned headrest is built in for added head and neck comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backrest uses a durable metal frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the fabric easy to care for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is designed to be easy to clean. Follow normal care precautions and avoid harsh cleaning products unless suitable for the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat activities is it useful for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can provide a more upright position for reading, eating, watching television, resting or other activities in bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace a medical or electric bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an accessory for added sitting support and does not provide the powered positioning functions of an adjustable care bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on any mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for use on a bed, but mattress firmness, size and the user's support needs can affect suitability. Check that it sits securely before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for someone with specific clinical positioning needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor prescribed positioning or significant medical needs, check with the relevant health professional that a bed backrest is appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856918091,"sku":"GF-BBKRST","price":95.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/0c1e4b25-e674b4_aaf620e7b36142ef925e719d4c7c40d0_mv2.jpg?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"over-bed-table","title":"Split Top Over Bed Table","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Split Top Over Bed Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Split Top Over Bed Table\u003c\/strong\u003e provides an adjustable bedside surface for meals, reading, writing and other everyday activities. Its tabletop is divided into two sections: a \u003cstrong\u003esmaller fixed section\u003c\/strong\u003e that remains level and a \u003cstrong\u003elarger tilting section\u003c\/strong\u003e that can be angled to suit the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is \u003cstrong\u003eheight adjustable from approximately 71–93 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and folds flatter for storage when the table is not required. The split layout means a drink or small item can remain on the fixed section while the larger panel is tilted for reading or similar activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit-top design\u003c\/strong\u003e with one fixed and one tilting section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e from approximately 71–93 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger tilting tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e for reading, writing and other activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmaller fixed section\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a level surface alongside the tilting panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall tabletop approximately \u003cstrong\u003e81.5 cm wide x 39.5 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase approximately \u003cstrong\u003e58.5 cm wide x 51 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately \u003cstrong\u003e54 cm between the base sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for more compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Overbed_Table_Manual_1.pdf?v=1756718427\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Goldfern 2-Piece Over Bed Table Manual\"\u003eGoldfern 2-Piece Over Bed Table Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Split Top Over Bed Table?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-part tabletop is the main advantage of this design. The larger surface can be tilted to improve the working or reading angle while the smaller section stays horizontal for items that need a flat surface. The adjustable frame allows the table to be positioned around different beds or seating arrangements, subject to the available clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Table Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSplit Top Over Bed Table is easier to use when the base, column and tabletop can reach the required position without interfering with the bed, chair or mobility equipment. Check under-bed or under-chair clearance, the usable height range and the direction from which the table will approach. The user should be able to sit comfortably without leaning or twisting to reach everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow room for castors and carers when moving the table, and lock it where the design provides brakes before placing drinks or equipment on the top. Keep loads within the published limit and distribute them evenly. Height or tilt adjustments should be made with care so loose objects cannot slide from the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the split tabletop work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tabletop has a smaller fixed section that remains level and a larger section that tilts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is a fixed section useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides a level area for items such as a cup, remote control or other small objects while the main panel is tilted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat height range does the table have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable height range is approximately 71–93 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall tabletop size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tabletop is approximately 81.5 cm wide and 39.5 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the base size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is approximately 58.5 cm wide and 51 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much space is there between the base sides?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current specification lists approximately 54 cm between the base sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the table fold for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame is designed to fold flatter when the table is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can provide a convenient meal surface when positioned safely and the tabletop section being used is level enough for the items placed on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for reading or writing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The larger tilting section is particularly useful where an angled surface is preferred for reading, writing or similar activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use a laptop on the table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA compatible lightweight laptop can be used if the tabletop is stable, the device sits securely and cables do not create a snag or trip hazard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the table be used to support body weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a work and meal surface, not a grab rail or transfer aid. Do not pull on it when standing or sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Bed-frame design, clearance and height vary. Compare the table and base dimensions with the intended bed before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there an instruction manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern 2-Piece Over Bed Table Manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Split Top Over Bed Table available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This over-bed table is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 71–93 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall table width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 81.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall table depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 39.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall base width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 58.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall base depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between base sides\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 54 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTabletop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller fixed section; larger tilting section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676857770059,"sku":"GF-OBT-1","price":299.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/2c5e3c59-e674b4_518be6b7ac8b4454814ce42bfa2cdfd3_mv2.png?v=1757198463"},{"product_id":"urinal-bottle","title":"Unisex Urinal Bottle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUnisex Non-Spill Urinal Bottle for Home or Travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Unisex Urinal Bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reusable toileting aid designed for people who may find getting to a bathroom difficult. Removable attachments allow the bottle to be configured for male or female use, while the non-spill design helps make bedside, home-care and travel use more manageable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bottle holds up to \u003cstrong\u003e1000 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e and is made from durable autoclavable plastic rated to \u003cstrong\u003e135°C\u003c\/strong\u003e. A flat base helps it stand securely when set down, and the top handle assists with positioning, carrying and emptying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful for Bedside and Limited-Mobility Situations\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA portable urinal can reduce the need to reach a bathroom immediately when mobility, recovery or the environment makes that difficult. It can be useful beside a bed, during longer journeys or as part of a home-care setup where a conventional toilet is not always easy to access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bottle should still be positioned carefully for the individual user. “Non-spill” does not mean it can be left in any orientation without risk of leakage, particularly when full or while being moved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMale and Female Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable attachments allow the same bottle to be adapted for male or female use. Make sure the correct attachment is fitted securely before use and check that the user can position it comfortably without creating excessive pressure or awkward movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReusable and Easy to Empty\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1000 ml capacity provides useful volume for bedside use, while the top handle makes the bottle easier to hold during positioning and emptying. After use, empty and clean the bottle promptly using an appropriate hygiene method, then allow it to dry before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe plastic is specified as autoclavable to 135°C. Where autoclaving is used, follow the product instructions and the relevant equipment and infection-control procedures rather than assuming one cleaning method is appropriate in every setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnisex design\u003c\/strong\u003e with removable male\/female attachments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 ml capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-spill bottle design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutoclavable plastic rated to 135°C\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat base\u003c\/strong\u003e for stability on a suitable level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop handle\u003c\/strong\u003e for positioning, carrying and emptying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable for appropriate bedside, home-care and travel use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the urinal bottle suitable for male and female users?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes removable attachments that allow it to be configured for male or female use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat capacity does it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bottle has a capacity of up to 1000 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it designed to reduce spills?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is sold as a non-spill urinal bottle, although it still needs to be positioned and handled carefully during use, transport and emptying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the bottle be sterilised in an autoclave?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe plastic is specified as autoclavable up to 135°C. Follow the supplied instructions and the relevant autoclave and infection-control procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a stable base?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The flat bottom helps the bottle remain upright when placed on a suitable level surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe top handle assists with positioning, carrying and emptying the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it useful for bedside care?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A portable urinal can be useful where reaching a toilet is difficult, including during bedside care or recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used when travelling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be a practical option where toilet access may be limited. Empty, clean and store it hygienically after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while lying completely flat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitability depends on the user's position and ability to place the attachment correctly. Do not assume it will remain leak-free in every lying position; where positioning is difficult, assistance or another toileting aid may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the attachments removable for cleaning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The male\/female attachments are removable, which helps with configuration and routine cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the bottle disposable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a reusable toileting aid designed to be emptied, cleaned and used again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned after use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEmpty it promptly, clean the bottle and attachment using an appropriate method, rinse as required and allow the components to dry before storage. Follow any care instructions supplied with the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre instructions available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Urinal Bottle Instructions are linked below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Unisex Urinal Bottle available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This toileting aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnisex, with removable attachments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutoclavable plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAutoclave rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 135°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop carry and positioning handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReusable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Urinal_Bottle_Asembly_Manual.pdf?v=1756718427\" title=\"Goldfern Unisex Urinal Bottle Instructions\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Unisex Urinal Bottle Instructions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676858032203,"sku":"GM-FSE666B","price":40.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/96434c76-e674b4_5b1968ae293d4280acc0d6be97fdb232_mv2.jpg?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"bed-pad-drawpad-117234","title":"Absorb Plus Lightweight Bed Pad (800ml)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLightweight Reusable Bed Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAbsorb Plus Lightweight Bed Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reusable 85 x 90 cm bed pad with absorbency of up to \u003cstrong\u003e800 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is the lightest-capacity option in MoveSmart's current Absorb Plus bed-pad range, making it a practical choice where moderate protection and easy laundering are the priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA densely woven polyester top surface provides a soft contact layer, while the waterproof polyurethane (PU) backing helps protect the sheet and mattress beneath. The non-slip backing is designed to reduce movement during normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReusable incontinence bed pads are also commonly called \u003cstrong\u003eKylie bed pads\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eKylie sheets\u003c\/strong\u003e or simply \u003cstrong\u003eKylies\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen the 800 ml Pad Is a Good Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version suits situations where a full-size reusable bed pad is useful but the higher capacity of the 1500 ml or 2500 ml models is not needed. Its lighter construction also makes it easier to handle when changing the bed or moving the pad in and out of the laundry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the pad tends to shift or bunch on the bed, MoveSmart also carries an 800 ml version with side flaps that tuck beneath the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between Absorb Plus Bed Pads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main differences across the range are \u003cstrong\u003eabsorbency\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ewhether side flaps are included\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose 800 ml for lighter everyday protection, 1500 ml for a useful mid-capacity option, or 2500 ml when higher absorbency is the priority. If movement on the bed is a concern, the 800 ml and 1500 ml flapped versions provide extra anchoring under the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 x 90 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 800 ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Densely woven polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Waterproof, non-slip polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to handle and launder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDryer safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for regular washing and drying\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash before first use. Place the pad on top of the bed sheet with the quilted side facing up and the waterproof side facing down. Warm wash and warm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry. If bleach is required, use hydrogen peroxide bleach only; chlorine bleach can damage the PU backing. Do not iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the lightweight bed pad absorb?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad is designed to absorb up to 800 ml and measures 85 x 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 800 ml version best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the lightest-capacity Absorb Plus bed pad and is a good fit where moderate reusable bed protection is needed without the extra bulk of a higher-capacity pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the 800 ml, 1500 ml and 2500 ml pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey use the same 85 x 90 cm coverage area but offer progressively greater absorbency: 800 ml, 1500 ml and 2500 ml. The higher-capacity versions are useful when more fluid protection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the version with flaps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the flapped version if the pad tends to shift or bunch. The side flaps tuck beneath the mattress to help hold it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich side faces up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the soft quilted side facing up and the waterproof PU backing facing down against the bed sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be machine washed and tumble dried?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Warm wash and warm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use bleach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf bleach is needed, use hydrogen peroxide bleach only. Chlorine bleach can damage the waterproof PU backing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the pad reusable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for repeated washing and drying rather than single-use disposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the backing waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The polyurethane backing is waterproof and is designed to help protect the sheet and mattress beneath the pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the non-slip backing mean the pad cannot move?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe backing is designed to reduce movement during normal use, but no loose bed pad can be guaranteed not to move. If shifting or bunching is a recurring issue, the version with mattress-tucking side flaps may be a better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this be used alongside other continence products?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A reusable bed pad can form one part of a broader continence-management setup. The right combination of products depends on the user's individual needs and the level of protection required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Absorb Plus Lightweight Bed Pad available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This bed pad is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Absorb Plus bed pads the same as Kylies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“Kylie”, “Kylie sheet” and “Kylie bed pad” are commonly used search terms for reusable incontinence bed pads. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable bed pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePad size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 x 90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 800 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDensely woven polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBacking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof, non-slip polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide flaps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWashing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm wash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrying\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBleach\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydrogen peroxide bleach only if required; do not use chlorine bleach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIroning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"BLStringer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41683224166475,"sku":"BLS-21DP851","price":29.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/93cf00de-e674b4_b20074980f12459a9a9b1e424606d06c_mv2.jpg?v=1755057256"},{"product_id":"bed-pad-brushed-white-118552-high-absorbency","title":"Absorb Plus High Absorbency Bed Pad (2500ml)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Absorbency Reusable Bed Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAbsorb Plus High Absorbency Bed Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is the highest-capacity reusable bed pad in MoveSmart's current Absorb Plus range. Measuring \u003cstrong\u003e85 x 90 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and absorbing up to \u003cstrong\u003e2500 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is designed for situations where greater fluid capacity is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA densely woven polyester top surface provides a soft contact layer, while the waterproof polyurethane (PU) backing helps protect the bed sheet and mattress beneath. The non-slip backing is designed to reduce unwanted movement, and rounded corners help the pad stand up to repeated laundering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReusable incontinence bed pads are also commonly called \u003cstrong\u003eKylie bed pads\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eKylie sheets\u003c\/strong\u003e or simply \u003cstrong\u003eKylies\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to Choose the 2500 ml Version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is the best fit in the Absorb Plus range when higher absorbency is more important than keeping the pad as light as possible. It provides significantly more capacity than the 800 ml lightweight and 1500 ml Super versions while using the same 85 x 90 cm coverage area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lighter everyday protection, the lower-capacity models may be easier to handle and wash. Choosing between them is mainly a question of how much absorbency is needed and whether side flaps are useful for keeping the pad in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between Absorb Plus Bed Pads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 800 ml model for lighter protection, the 1500 ml Super Pad for a mid-capacity option, and this 2500 ml model when maximum absorbency is the priority. If pad movement is the main issue rather than capacity, consider one of the 800 ml or 1500 ml versions with side flaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 x 90 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 2500 ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Densely woven polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Waterproof, non-slip polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDryer safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded corners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Help reduce wear and abrasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for repeated laundering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash before first use. Place the pad on top of the bed sheet with the quilted side facing up and the waterproof side facing down. Warm wash and warm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry. If bleach is required, use hydrogen peroxide bleach only; chlorine bleach can damage the PU backing. Do not iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much fluid can the high-absorbency bed pad hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad is designed to absorb up to 2500 ml and measures 85 x 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 2500 ml pad best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the highest-capacity model in the current Absorb Plus range and is the best choice when greater absorbency is more important than keeping the pad as light as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the 1500 ml Super Bed Pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/bed-pad-super-pu-117296-blue\"\u003eAbsorb Plus Super Bed Pad (1500 ml)\u003c\/a\u003e provides the same 85 x 90 cm coverage area; this model increases absorbency to 2500 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this version have side flaps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a standard non-flapped pad. If anchoring under the mattress is important, the 800 ml and 1500 ml flapped versions may suit better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich side faces up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the soft quilted side facing up and the waterproof non-slip PU backing facing down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be tumble dried?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Warm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use chlorine bleach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Chlorine bleach can damage the PU backing. Use hydrogen peroxide bleach only if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it reusable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for repeated laundering and reuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the backing waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The polyurethane backing is waterproof and is designed to help protect the sheet and mattress beneath the pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the non-slip backing completely prevent movement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to reduce movement during normal use, but movement can still depend on the bedding, mattress surface and how much the user moves. If secure anchoring is the priority, consider a flapped Absorb Plus model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as part of a broader continence-management setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A reusable bed pad can be used alongside other appropriate continence products where additional protection is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Absorb Plus High Absorbency Bed Pad available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This bed pad is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Absorb Plus bed pads the same as Kylies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“Kylie”, “Kylie sheet” and “Kylie bed pad” are commonly used search terms for reusable incontinence bed pads. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable high-absorbency bed pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePad size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 x 90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2500 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDensely woven polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBacking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof, non-slip polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide flaps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWashing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm wash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrying\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBleach\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydrogen peroxide bleach only if required; do not use chlorine bleach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIroning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"BLStringer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41683224133707,"sku":"BLS-2118552","price":45.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/e4184754-e674b4_e82acfed6d314f24ab59a55fb918b878_mv2.jpg?v=1755057256"},{"product_id":"bed-pad-drawpad-117239t-with-flaps","title":"Absorb Plus Lightweight Bed Pad with Flaps (800ml)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLightweight Bed Protection with Side Flaps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAbsorb Plus Lightweight Bed Pad with Flaps\u003c\/strong\u003e combines an 85 x 90 cm reusable absorbent pad with side flaps that tuck beneath the mattress. It holds up to \u003cstrong\u003e800 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e and is designed for users who want a lighter washable bed pad but prefer more secure positioning than a loose pad can provide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe densely woven polyester top surface provides a soft contact layer, while the waterproof polyurethane (PU) backing helps protect bedding beneath. The side flaps help reduce shifting or bunching by anchoring the pad under the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReusable incontinence bed pads are also commonly called \u003cstrong\u003eKylie bed pads\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eKylie sheets\u003c\/strong\u003e or simply \u003cstrong\u003eKylies\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Version with Flaps?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main difference is stability. A standard reusable bed pad simply rests on top of the sheet, while the flapped version extends under the mattress on both sides. That can be helpful if the user moves around during sleep or if a loose pad tends to migrate across the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absorbent section itself remains lightweight at 800 ml capacity, so this version is still easy to handle for regular washing and bed changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between Absorb Plus Bed Pads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 800 ml flapped model is the lighter anchored option. If more absorbency is needed, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/absorb-plus-super-bed-pad-with-flaps\"\u003e1500 ml Super Bed Pad with Flaps\u003c\/a\u003e adds greater capacity while keeping the same mattress-tucking concept. For maximum absorbency, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/bed-pad-brushed-white-118552-high-absorbency\"\u003e2500 ml High Absorbency Bed Pad\u003c\/a\u003e is the highest-capacity model in the current range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 x 90 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 800 ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide flaps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tuck beneath the mattress for secure positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Densely woven polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Waterproof, non-slip polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDryer safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded corners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Help reduce wear and abrasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for repeated laundering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash before first use. Place the pad with the quilted side facing up and the waterproof side facing down. Warm wash and warm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry. If bleach is required, use hydrogen peroxide bleach only; chlorine bleach can damage the PU backing. Do not iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the side flaps do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe side flaps tuck beneath the mattress to help keep the pad centred and reduce shifting or bunching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does this bed pad absorb?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absorbent section holds up to 800 ml and measures 85 x 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the standard 800 ml pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absorbency and pad size are the same. The difference is the pair of side flaps, which anchor the pad beneath the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the 800 ml or 1500 ml flapped version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose 800 ml when lighter protection and easier handling are the priority. Choose 1500 ml when you want the same secure positioning with more absorbency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich side faces up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the quilted side facing up and the waterproof PU backing facing down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be machine washed and tumble dried?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Warm wash and warm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan chlorine bleach be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. If bleach is needed, use hydrogen peroxide bleach only; chlorine bleach can damage the PU backing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it reusable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for repeated laundering and reuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the flaps absorbent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flaps are primarily for positioning under the mattress. The stated 800 ml absorbency refers to the main absorbent pad area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the flaps fit every mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flaps are designed to tuck under a mattress, but fit and ease of use can vary with mattress width, depth and bed setup. The main pad area measures 85 x 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this be used alongside other continence products?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be used as a reusable bedding-protection layer alongside other appropriate continence products where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Absorb Plus Lightweight Bed Pad with Flaps available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This bed pad is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Absorb Plus bed pads the same as Kylies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“Kylie”, “Kylie sheet” and “Kylie bed pad” are commonly used search terms for reusable incontinence bed pads. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable bed pad with mattress-tucking flaps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePad size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 x 90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 800 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDensely woven polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBacking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof, non-slip polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide flaps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWashing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm wash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrying\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBleach\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydrogen peroxide bleach only if required; do not use chlorine bleach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIroning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"BLStringer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41683224232011,"sku":"BLS-21DP85","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/36b31010-e674b4_ce225f260d144417a4b2da076061d61c_mv2.jpg?v=1755057256"},{"product_id":"absorb-plus-super-bed-pad-with-flaps","title":"Absorb Plus Super Bed Pad with Flaps (1500ml)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSecure Bed Protection with Side Flaps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAbsorb Plus Super Bed Pad with Flaps\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a reusable 85 x 90 cm absorbent pad with two 45 x 85 cm side flaps that tuck beneath the mattress. With up to \u003cstrong\u003e1500 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e of absorbency, it is a useful mid-capacity option for people who want both dependable bed protection and more secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soft quilted polyester top layer sits above a polyester\/rayon soaker layer, while the waterproof polyurethane (PU) backing helps protect the sheet and mattress. The side flaps help hold the pad in place and can be especially useful where a standard loose pad tends to shift or bunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReusable incontinence bed pads are also commonly called \u003cstrong\u003eKylie bed pads\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eKylie sheets\u003c\/strong\u003e or simply \u003cstrong\u003eKylies\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose 1500 ml with Flaps?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model combines the middle absorbency level in the Absorb Plus range with mattress-tucking flaps. It offers more capacity than the lightweight 800 ml version while remaining less bulky than the 2500 ml high-absorbency pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor users who move frequently during sleep, the flaps can make the pad easier to keep centred overnight and reduce the need for repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between Flapped and Non-Flapped Pads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a standard pad if you want the simplest option to lift on and off the bed. Choose a flapped model when the pad is prone to moving, folding or bunching. The flaps are for positioning rather than extra absorbency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePad size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 x 90 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide flaps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two 45 x 85 cm flaps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1500 ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop layer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft quilted polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoaker layer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\/rayon blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Waterproof polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDryer safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded corners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Help reduce wear and abrasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash before first use. Place the quilted side facing up and waterproof side facing down. Warm wash and warm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry. If bleach is required, use hydrogen peroxide bleach only; chlorine bleach can damage the PU backing. Do not iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the side flaps used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two 45 x 85 cm flaps tuck beneath the mattress to help hold the bed pad securely in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the flaps increase absorbency?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The flaps are for positioning. The absorbent pad itself is rated to 1500 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the standard 1500 ml Super Pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absorbency and main pad size are the same. This model adds the two mattress-tucking flaps for more secure placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the 800 ml or 1500 ml flapped pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 800 ml version for lighter protection and easier handling, or this 1500 ml version when you want more absorbency with the same anchored design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich side faces up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soft quilted side faces up and the waterproof PU side faces down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be machine washed and tumble dried?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Warm wash and warm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use chlorine bleach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Chlorine bleach can damage the PU backing. Use hydrogen peroxide bleach only if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it reusable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for repeated laundering and reuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the full pad including the flaps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absorbent centre measures 85 x 90 cm and each side flap measures 45 x 85 cm. The flaps extend beneath the mattress rather than adding to the absorbent sleeping area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the flaps stop all movement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flaps are designed to improve positioning and reduce bunching, but fit and movement can still vary with the mattress, bedding and how much the user moves during sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this be used with other continence products?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be used as a reusable bedding-protection layer alongside other suitable continence products where additional protection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Absorb Plus Super Bed Pad with Flaps available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This bed pad is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Absorb Plus bed pads the same as Kylies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“Kylie”, “Kylie sheet” and “Kylie bed pad” are commonly used search terms for reusable incontinence bed pads. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable bed pad with mattress-tucking flaps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePad size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 x 90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide flaps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, each 45 x 85 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1500 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop layer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft quilted polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoaker layer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester\/rayon blend\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBacking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWashing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm wash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrying\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBleach\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydrogen peroxide bleach only if required; do not use chlorine bleach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIroning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"BLStringer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41683224199243,"sku":"BLS-21SUPBF","price":37.9,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/e851e945-e674b4_62303034d8c446e1882945f320a2fcc6_mv2.jpg?v=1755057256"},{"product_id":"bed-pad-super-pu-117296-blue","title":"Absorb Plus Super Bed Pad (1500ml)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eReusable Bed Protection with 1500 ml Absorbency\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAbsorb Plus Super Bed Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e sits in the middle of MoveSmart's current Absorb Plus bed-pad range, combining a full 85 x 90 cm coverage area with up to \u003cstrong\u003e1500 ml\u003c\/strong\u003e of absorbency. It offers more capacity than the lightweight 800 ml pad without moving to the heavier 2500 ml high-absorbency model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA soft quilted polyester top surface sits above a polyester\/rayon soaker layer, while the waterproof polyurethane (PU) backing helps protect the bedding underneath. The pad is designed for repeated laundering, making it a practical reusable option for regular bed protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReusable incontinence bed pads are also commonly called \u003cstrong\u003eKylie bed pads\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eKylie sheets\u003c\/strong\u003e or simply \u003cstrong\u003eKylies\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Useful Mid-Capacity Option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1500 ml capacity makes this a good all-round choice where moderate-to-higher absorbency is useful but the maximum capacity of the 2500 ml model is not required. It can also be easier to handle and launder than a heavier high-capacity pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf secure positioning is important, MoveSmart also carries a 1500 ml version with side flaps that tuck beneath the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Absorb Plus Bed Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 800 ml model for lighter protection, the 1500 ml Super Pad as the mid-capacity all-rounder, or the 2500 ml High Absorbency Pad when maximum capacity matters most. The 800 ml and 1500 ml models are also available with side flaps for extra stability on the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 x 90 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1500 ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop layer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft quilted polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoaker layer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\/rayon blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Waterproof polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDryer safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded corners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Help reduce wear through regular laundering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for repeated washing and drying\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash before first use. Place the quilted side facing up and the waterproof side facing down. Warm wash and warm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry. If bleach is required, use hydrogen peroxide bleach only; chlorine bleach can damage the PU backing. Do not iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Absorb Plus Super Bed Pad absorb?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad is designed to absorb up to 1500 ml and measures 85 x 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 1500 ml model?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt sits between the 800 ml and 2500 ml pads, making it a practical mid-capacity choice when you want more absorbency than the lightweight model without moving to the highest-capacity option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the 1500 ml version with flaps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absorbency and pad area are the same. The flapped model adds mattress-tucking side panels to help keep the pad centred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich side faces up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the quilted polyester side facing up and the waterproof PU backing facing down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be machine washed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Warm wash and either line dry or warm tumble dry up to 80°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan chlorine bleach be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Use hydrogen peroxide bleach only if required; chlorine bleach can damage the waterproof backing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many times can it be reused?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for repeated laundering and reuse. Product life will depend on washing frequency, care and how the pad is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I consider the 2500 ml pad instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/bed-pad-brushed-white-118552-high-absorbency\"\u003e2500 ml High Absorbency Bed Pad\u003c\/a\u003e when greater fluid capacity is more important than keeping the pad lighter and easier to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the backing waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The polyurethane backing is waterproof and is designed to help protect the bedding beneath the pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat if the pad tends to move or bunch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf movement is a recurring issue, consider the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/absorb-plus-super-bed-pad-with-flaps\"\u003e1500 ml Super Bed Pad with Flaps\u003c\/a\u003e. It uses the same main pad size and absorbency but adds side flaps that tuck beneath the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with other continence products?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be used as a reusable bedding-protection layer alongside other suitable continence products where additional protection is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Absorb Plus Super Bed Pad available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This bed pad is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Absorb Plus bed pads the same as Kylies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“Kylie”, “Kylie sheet” and “Kylie bed pad” are commonly used search terms for reusable incontinence bed pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReusable bed pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePad size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 x 90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1500 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop layer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft quilted polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoaker layer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester\/rayon blend\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBacking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide flaps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWashing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm wash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrying\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm tumble dry up to 80°C, or line dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBleach\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydrogen peroxide bleach only if required; do not use chlorine bleach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIroning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"BLStringer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41683224363083,"sku":"BLS-21SUPGR","price":39.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/543c78f2-e674b4_c3a5363d9efb4420b4fc4c95ca9c1c7a_mv2.jpg?v=1755057256"},{"product_id":"icare-cloud-pillow","title":"icare Cloud Pillow","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare Cloud Pillow – Plush Comfort with a Removable ActiveX™ Core\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Cloud Pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest, fullest-feeling option in iCare’s main pillow range. It combines a \u003cstrong\u003emicrofibre-filled cotton comfort layer\u003c\/strong\u003e with a temperature-responsive \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ core\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating a pillow that feels plush on the surface while still providing a more supportive core underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasuring approximately \u003cstrong\u003e630 x 420 x 130 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Cloud has a noticeably fuller profile than the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-classic-pillow\"\u003eClassic\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-curve-pillow\"\u003eCurve\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-contoured-pillow\"\u003eContour\u003c\/a\u003e. The ActiveX™ core can also be \u003cstrong\u003eremoved\u003c\/strong\u003e if an even softer, less structured feel is preferred. iCare describes the Cloud as suitable for all sleepers, although the right height still depends on sleeping position, shoulder width and mattress immersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePinhole ventilation through the core and hollow fibres in the cover help encourage airflow. The microfibre-filled cotton cover is anti-allergy and removable for washing, and the pillow fits a standard-size pillow slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs the Cloud the Right iCare Pillow for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eCloud\u003c\/strong\u003e when the priority is a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, plush pillow feel\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than a pronounced ergonomic contour. Compare the \u003cstrong\u003eClassic\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want a more conventional supportive foam feel with a lower 110 mm profile, the \u003cstrong\u003eContour\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want defined high and low neck-support edges, the \u003cstrong\u003eCurve\u003c\/strong\u003e if you need very little height, or the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-conform-pillow\"\u003eConform\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want to actively alter the pillow’s support configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cloud’s 130 mm overall height can suit people who like a fuller pillow, but pillow height should always be considered with the mattress. A side sleeper on a firmer mattress may need more height than someone whose shoulder sinks deeply into a softer mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlush microfibre-filled cotton cover\u003c\/strong\u003e for a softer surface feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e630 x 420 x 130 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e full-size profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature-responsive ActiveX™ core\u003c\/strong\u003e for adaptive support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable ActiveX™ core\u003c\/strong\u003e for a softer feel if preferred.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePinhole ventilation and hollow fibres\u003c\/strong\u003e to encourage airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-allergy cover and fill\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiCare describes it as suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eall sleeping positions\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZip-off washable cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits a \u003cstrong\u003estandard-size pillow slip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between Softness and Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA very soft pillow is not automatically the right pillow for every sleeper. The important question is whether the head and neck remain comfortably supported once the pillow compresses. The Cloud is designed to combine surface softness with an ActiveX™ support core, and the removable core allows some adjustment to the overall feel. If you need a clearly defined neck contour rather than plushness, the Contour or Conform may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the icare Cloud Pillow different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt combines a soft microfibre-filled cotton comfort layer with a responsive ActiveX™ core, giving it a plusher feel than the other main iCare neck pillows.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cloud Pillow measures approximately 630 x 420 x 130 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Cloud Pillow soft or firm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended to feel soft and plush at the surface while the ActiveX™ core provides additional support underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the ActiveX™ core be removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The core is removable if an even softer and less structured feel is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the icare Classic Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cloud is taller and softer-feeling with a microfibre-filled comfort layer. The Classic is lower at approximately 110 mm and has a more traditional supportive foam profile with a cooling gel insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Contour Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cloud has a conventional plush pillow shape. The Contour has distinct high and low ergonomic edges for more defined head and neck positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Curve Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Curve is a very low-profile 50–80 mm pillow. The Cloud is substantially fuller at approximately 130 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is ActiveX™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ is iCare’s temperature-responsive elastic foam. It becomes softer as it warms and contours around the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Cloud Pillow breathable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Pinhole ventilation through the core and hollow fibres in the cover are intended to encourage airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it use anti-allergy materials?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. iCare specifies an anti-allergy cover and fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for side, back and front sleepers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare describes the Cloud as suitable for all sleepers. Individual suitability still depends on whether the 130 mm profile compresses to the right height for the person and mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes my mattress affect whether the Cloud is the right height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The amount your shoulder and body sink into the mattress changes the height the pillow needs to fill, so pillow choice and mattress feel should be considered together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the cover be washed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is zip-off and washable. Follow iCare’s supplied care instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a standard pillowcase?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Cloud Pillow is designed to fit a standard-size pillow slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code and warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product code is ICP3. iCare provides a 2-year standard warranty, subject to its warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare Cloud Pillow available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare Cloud Pillow is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Cloud Pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICP3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 x 420 x 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, plush comfort\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature-responsive ActiveX™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrofibre-filled cotton cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAllergy properties\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-allergy cover and fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVentilation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePinhole ventilation and hollow fibres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical sleep positions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll sleeping positions, subject to individual height fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePillowcase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits standard-size pillow slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41998993719371,"sku":"ICARE-ICP3","price":109.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ICP3CloudPIllowRender.png?v=1766970225"},{"product_id":"icare-activex™-contoured-pillow","title":"icare Contour Pillow","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare Contour Pillow – Dual-Profile ActiveX™ Neck Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Contour Pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for sleepers who want more deliberate head and neck positioning than a traditional pillow provides. Its sculpted profile has \u003cstrong\u003etwo different edge heights\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the pillow to be rotated so the user can choose the side that better suits their sleeping position and preferred neck support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt approximately \u003cstrong\u003e600 x 400 x 90–110 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, iCare recommends the \u003cstrong\u003ehigher side for back and side sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003elower side for front sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e. A high-density \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ core\u003c\/strong\u003e responds to body warmth and contours around the head and neck, while a \u003cstrong\u003ecooling gel insert\u003c\/strong\u003e adds another layer of temperature management.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex top cover moves with the user rather than restricting the foam’s contouring. Breathable \u003cstrong\u003eVant® fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e around the sides and base encourages airflow, and the pillow is sized to fit a standard pillow slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs the Contour the Right iCare Pillow for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eContour\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want a clearly shaped neck-support pillow with two usable profile heights. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-classic-pillow\"\u003eClassic\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e if you prefer a conventional rectangular shape, the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-curve-pillow\"\u003eCurve\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e if even the lower Contour edge is likely to be too tall, the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-cloud-pillow\"\u003eCloud\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e if plush softness matters more than a defined contour, or the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-conform-pillow\"\u003eConform\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e if you need more adjustment than simply choosing between two edge heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-profile design makes the Contour more adaptable than a single-height pillow, but correct height still depends on the user. Shoulder width, sleeping position and mattress immersion all affect the space the pillow needs to fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-profile ergonomic shape\u003c\/strong\u003e with higher and lower neck-support edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 x 400 x 90–110 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigher side\u003c\/strong\u003e intended for back and side sleepers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower side\u003c\/strong\u003e intended for front sleepers and users wanting less height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density ActiveX™ core\u003c\/strong\u003e that responds to body warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCooling gel insert\u003c\/strong\u003e for added temperature management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable washable four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable Vant® side and base fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits a \u003cstrong\u003estandard-size pillow slip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to Choose Which Edge to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart with the edge that best matches your usual sleep position, then assess how your neck feels once your body has settled into the mattress. The aim is a comfortable, neutral-feeling position rather than simply using the highest support available. If neither edge feels right, a substantially lower Curve or the more adjustable Conform may be a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the icare Contour Pillow have two profile heights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two edges provide different levels of neck support so the pillow can accommodate more than one sleeping position and height preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Contour Pillow measures approximately 600 x 400 mm with a profile height of 90–110 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich side should side sleepers use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare recommends the higher edge for side sleepers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich side should back sleepers use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare also recommends the higher edge for back sleepers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich side should front sleepers use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lower edge is the intended starting point for front sleepers, who generally need less pillow height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Contour differ from the Classic Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Contour has sculpted high and low edges for more defined neck positioning. The Classic uses a familiar rectangular pillow shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Curve Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Curve is much lower at approximately 50–80 mm and has a shoulder-friendly curved outline. The Contour provides a taller 90–110 mm dual profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Conform Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Contour provides two fixed profile heights. The Conform uses removable and interchangeable modules for a wider range of height and support adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is ActiveX™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ is iCare’s temperature-responsive elastic foam, designed to become softer as it warms and contour around the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the pillow include cooling gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A cooling gel insert is incorporated with the ActiveX™ core.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes mattress firmness affect which edge feels right?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A softer mattress may let the shoulder sink further and reduce the required pillow height, while a firmer mattress can leave more space for the pillow to support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cover made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable top cover uses four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex material, with breathable Vant® fabric on the sides and base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the cover be washed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is removable and washable. Follow iCare’s supplied care instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a standard pillowcase?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed to fit a standard-size pillow slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code and warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product code is ICP2. iCare provides a 2-year standard warranty, subject to its warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare Contour Pillow available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare Contour Pillow is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Contour Pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICP2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 400 x 90–110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual profile with higher and lower contour edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical sleeping positions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigher edge: back and side; lower edge: front\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-density ActiveX™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling gel insert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable washable four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide and base fabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBreathable Vant® fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePillowcase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits standard-size pillow slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41999004303435,"sku":"ICARE-ICP2","price":125.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/IcarePillowContour-Cooling.png?v=1766970717"},{"product_id":"icare-activex™-conform-pillow","title":"icare Conform Pillow","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare Conform Pillow – Adjustable Modular ActiveX™ Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Conform Pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most adjustable option in iCare’s main pillow range. Rather than relying on one fixed shape or height, it uses \u003cstrong\u003emultiple removable and interchangeable ActiveX™ modules\u003c\/strong\u003e so the user can alter the pillow’s profile and support arrangement to better suit their sleeping position, body shape and mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis makes the Conform particularly useful for people who struggle to find the right height in a conventional pillow, whose support needs change, or who want more control than the two fixed edges of a standard contoured pillow provide. iCare describes it as suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eall sleepers and sleeping positions\u003c\/strong\u003e because the modules can be reconfigured rather than forcing the user into one predetermined setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe modules use \u003cstrong\u003echarcoal-infused ActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e, a temperature-responsive material that softens as it warms and contours around the user. The charcoal infusion is designed to assist with heat dispersion, moisture management and odour resistance, while a hollow-core fibre encasement adds a softer breathable comfort layer. The Hypersoft cover uses gentle hypoallergenic materials and is designed to reduce noise and tactile stimulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs the Conform the Right iCare Pillow for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eConform\u003c\/strong\u003e when \u003cstrong\u003eadjustability is more important than having one fixed pillow shape\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-classic-pillow\"\u003eClassic\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is simpler and more traditional, the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-contoured-pillow\"\u003eContour\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e offers two fixed support heights, the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-curve-pillow\"\u003eCurve\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the lowest-profile choice, and the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-cloud-pillow\"\u003eCloud\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e focuses on a soft plush feel. The Conform is the strongest option when you want to fine-tune the pillow rather than simply select a preset height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis adjustability is especially relevant when changing mattresses. A softer mattress lets the shoulder and body sink further and can reduce the pillow height required, while a firmer mattress may leave a larger space for the pillow to support. Instead of automatically replacing the pillow, the Conform can be reconfigured to suit the new setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple removable and interchangeable ActiveX™ modules\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable height, shape and support\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than one fixed profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to suit \u003cstrong\u003eall sleeping positions\u003c\/strong\u003e through reconfiguration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharcoal-infused ActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e for responsive contouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharcoal material assists with \u003cstrong\u003eheat dispersion, moisture management and odour resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHollow-core fibre encasement\u003c\/strong\u003e for a soft breathable comfort layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHypersoft hypoallergenic cover\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to reduce noise and tactile stimulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be readjusted if the user’s preferred sleeping position or mattress changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSetting Up the Conform Pillow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBegin with a configuration that supports the head and neck without forcing them noticeably upward or allowing them to drop. Give the body time to settle into the mattress before judging the height. If the pillow feels too high, reduce or rearrange the modules; if it feels too low or lacks support in a particular area, adjust the layer arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe goal is not to use every layer simply because it is supplied. The advantage of the Conform is being able to remove or reposition modules until the support suits the individual user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mC6lkthxGck?si=Nw6hexOVwHeHexbn\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tJF4vmD_KeY?si=hdB0aCvQG1JcoXPY\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the icare Conform Pillow different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses removable and interchangeable ActiveX™ modules so its height, shape and support can be adjusted rather than remaining fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the pillow height be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Modules can be removed or rearranged to create different heights and support combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change the configuration later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. One of the main advantages of the Conform is that it can be reconfigured if comfort needs, sleeping position or mattress change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Conform suitable for side sleepers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be configured for side sleeping. The appropriate setup depends on shoulder width, body shape and how far the user sinks into the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for back or front sleepers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. iCare describes the Conform for all sleepers because its modular design can be altered for different positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Contour Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Contour offers two fixed profile heights. The Conform provides a wider range of adjustment through removable and interchangeable modules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Classic Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Classic is a simpler traditional-shape pillow with a fixed 110 mm profile. The Conform is intended for users who want to customise the pillow rather than accept one preset height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Cloud Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cloud focuses on plush softness with a removable support core. The Conform focuses on modular positioning and height adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is charcoal-infused ActiveX™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is iCare’s temperature-responsive ActiveX™ material infused with charcoal. iCare describes it as durable and antimicrobial, with properties that assist heat dispersion, moisture management and odour resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does ActiveX™ behave during use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ becomes softer as it warms, allowing it to contour more closely around the head and neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does mattress firmness matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe amount the shoulder and body sink into the mattress changes the height needed from the pillow. The Conform can be reconfigured when that relationship changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the hollow-core fibre layer for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides a softer breathable comfort layer around the adjustable ActiveX™ modules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Hypersoft cover like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses soft hypoallergenic materials and is designed to reduce noise and tactile stimulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I decide how many modules to use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the arrangement that keeps the head and neck comfortably supported once you have settled into your normal sleeping position. There is no requirement to use every module.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the pillow be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the care instructions supplied by iCare for the cover and internal components rather than washing the complete assembled pillow indiscriminately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code and warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product code is ICP6. iCare provides a 2-year standard warranty, subject to its warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare Conform Pillow available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare Conform Pillow is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Conform Pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICP6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal-infused ActiveX™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple removable and interchangeable modules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfigurable height, shape and support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHollow-core fibre-filled encasement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHypersoft hypoallergenic cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharcoal properties\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntimicrobial; assists heat dispersion, moisture management and odour resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical suitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll sleeping positions, configured to the individual user\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41999047852107,"sku":"ICARE-ICP6","price":165.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ICP6ConformPillowRender.png?v=1766972073"},{"product_id":"icare-activex™-curve-pillow","title":"icare Curve Pillow","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare Curve Pillow – Low-Profile ActiveX™ Neck and Shoulder Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Curve Pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e is the lowest-profile option in iCare’s main pillow range. Its ergonomic curved shape is designed to sit neatly around the shoulder line while supporting the head and neck without creating the height of a conventional pillow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt approximately \u003cstrong\u003e560 x 340 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e with a profile of \u003cstrong\u003e50–80 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is particularly useful for people who naturally need less pillow height, including petite users, children and some people spending extended periods in bed. The high-density \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ core\u003c\/strong\u003e responds to body warmth and gradually softens around the head and neck rather than feeling like a fixed block of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex top cover allows the surface to contour with the user, while breathable \u003cstrong\u003eVant® fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e around the sides and base encourages airflow. Despite its compact profile, the Curve Pillow is designed to fit a standard-size pillow slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs the Curve Pillow the Right iCare Pillow for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eCurve\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main requirement is a \u003cstrong\u003elow pillow height\u003c\/strong\u003e and a shape that accommodates the shoulders. If you prefer a familiar traditional shape, compare the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-classic-pillow\"\u003eClassic\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e. If you want distinct high and low neck contours, the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-contoured-pillow\"\u003eContour\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e may be a better fit. For a softer, fuller pillow feel, look at the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-cloud-pillow\"\u003eCloud\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e; for the greatest ability to alter height and support, consider the modular \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-conform-pillow\"\u003eConform\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePillow height is highly individual. Shoulder width, sleeping position, body shape and the amount you sink into the mattress all affect the height needed to keep the neck comfortably aligned. A softer or more immersive mattress lets the shoulder sink further and can change the pillow height that feels right, so it is worth considering the mattress and pillow together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVery low-profile design\u003c\/strong\u003e for people who need less pillow height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e560 x 340 x 50–80 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e compact ergonomic profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved shoulder-friendly shape\u003c\/strong\u003e for head and neck positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density ActiveX™ core\u003c\/strong\u003e that softens responsively with body warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParticularly suited to \u003cstrong\u003echildren, petite users and people on bed rest\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable washable four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable Vant® side and base fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e with high air permeability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit a \u003cstrong\u003estandard-size pillow slip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Correct Pillow Height\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA pillow should fill the space between the head, neck and mattress without forcing the neck noticeably upward or allowing the head to drop too far. Side sleepers often require more height than back or front sleepers, but mattress immersion can change this substantially. The Curve is deliberately low, so it is best chosen because the user genuinely needs that lower profile rather than simply because it looks compact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the icare Curve Pillow designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for people who benefit from a very low pillow profile, including many children, petite users and people on bed rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Curve Pillow measures approximately 560 x 340 mm with a profile height of 50–80 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the pillow curved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe curved shape helps accommodate the shoulder area while supporting the head and neck in a lower profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the icare Classic Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Curve is lower and more sculpted. The Classic has a more familiar traditional pillow shape and an approximately 110 mm height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the icare Contour Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Contour provides two more pronounced profile heights, approximately 90–110 mm, whereas the Curve is substantially lower at approximately 50–80 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the icare Cloud Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cloud is a fuller, softer-feeling pillow with a microfibre-filled cover and 130 mm overall height. The Curve is the better starting point when low height is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is ActiveX™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ is iCare’s temperature-responsive elastic foam. It becomes softer as it warms so it can contour more closely around the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes mattress firmness affect the pillow height I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The amount the shoulder and body sink into the mattress changes the distance the pillow needs to support, so a pillow should be considered together with the mattress and sleeping position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Curve Pillow suitable for children?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare identifies its very low profile as suitable for children. Pillow suitability should still be considered for the individual user and age.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for petite users?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its low profile can be useful where a conventional-height pillow feels too tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used during bed rest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. iCare identifies the Curve as suitable for people on bed rest who need a lower-profile head and neck support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cover made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable top cover uses four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex material, while Vant® fabric is used around the sides and base to encourage airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the cover be washed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is removable and washable. Follow iCare’s supplied care instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a standard pillowcase?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Curve Pillow is designed to fit a standard-size pillow slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code and warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product code is ICP4. iCare provides a 2-year standard warranty, subject to its warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare Curve Pillow available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare Curve Pillow is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Curve Pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICP4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 x 340 x 50–80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery low profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-density ActiveX™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic curved shape for shoulder, head and neck support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable washable four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide and base fabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBreathable Vant® fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical suitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChildren, petite users, bed rest and other users needing low pillow height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePillowcase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits standard-size pillow slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41999049982027,"sku":"ICARE-ICP4","price":95.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ICP4CurvePillowRender.png?v=1766972504"},{"product_id":"icare-activex™-classic-pillow","title":"icare Classic Pillow","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare Classic Pillow – Traditional Shape with ActiveX™ and Cooling Gel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Classic Pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most familiar-shaped option in iCare’s main pillow range, combining a conventional rectangular profile with a \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-density ActiveX™ core\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ecooling gel insert\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is intended for people who want responsive head and neck support without moving to a pronounced contoured pillow shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasuring approximately \u003cstrong\u003e600 x 420 x 110 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Classic sits between iCare’s very low \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-curve-pillow\"\u003eCurve\u003c\/a\u003e and fuller \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-cloud-pillow\"\u003eCloud\u003c\/a\u003e in overall height. iCare recommends it for \u003cstrong\u003eback and side sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e, and its standard dimensions allow it to fit a regular pillow slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ responds to body warmth and gradually softens around the head and neck. The removable washable four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex top cover allows the surface to move with the user, while breathable \u003cstrong\u003eVant® fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e on the sides and base encourages airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIs the Classic the Right iCare Pillow for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eClassic\u003c\/strong\u003e if you prefer a traditional pillow shape and want ActiveX™ support with a cooling gel insert. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-contoured-pillow\"\u003eContour\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want defined high and low neck-support edges, the \u003cstrong\u003eCurve\u003c\/strong\u003e if you need a much lower profile, the \u003cstrong\u003eCloud\u003c\/strong\u003e if you prefer a softer and fuller feel, or the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-conform-pillow\"\u003eConform\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e if adjustability of height and support is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePillow height should be judged with your mattress, not in isolation. A side sleeper on a firmer mattress may need more height because the shoulder remains higher, while a softer mattress lets the shoulder sink further and can reduce the height required. The 110 mm Classic is therefore best treated as a starting profile rather than a universal fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional rectangular pillow shape\u003c\/strong\u003e for familiar everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 x 420 x 110 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-density ActiveX™ core\u003c\/strong\u003e that responds to body warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCooling gel insert\u003c\/strong\u003e for added temperature management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eback and side sleepers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable washable four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable Vant® side and base fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits a \u003cstrong\u003estandard-size pillow slip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Pillow Height and Shape\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aim is to support the head and neck without pushing them out of comfortable alignment. If the Classic feels too high, the lower Curve may suit better; if it feels too flat for side sleeping, the higher edge of the Contour or the fuller Cloud may be worth comparing. Users whose needs change or who are difficult to fit may benefit from the adjustable Conform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the icare Classic Pillow designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for people who want ActiveX™ support in a familiar traditional pillow shape, particularly back and side sleepers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Classic Pillow measures approximately 600 x 420 x 110 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Classic differ from the Contour Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Classic has a conventional rectangular profile. The Contour has defined high and low edges intended for different sleeping positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Curve Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Curve is substantially lower at approximately 50–80 mm and has a shoulder-friendly curved profile. The Classic is approximately 110 mm high and more traditional in shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Cloud Pillow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cloud is taller and has a soft microfibre-filled comfort layer. The Classic has a more structured ActiveX™ feel with a traditional shape and cooling gel insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is ActiveX™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ is iCare’s temperature-responsive elastic foam. It becomes softer as it warms so it can contour around the head and neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Classic include cooling gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A cooling gel insert is incorporated with the ActiveX™ core.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for side sleepers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. iCare identifies the Classic as suitable for side sleepers, though individual fit still depends on shoulder width, mattress immersion and preferred pillow height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for back sleepers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is also recommended for back sleepers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it intended for front sleepers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifically describes the Classic for back and side sleepers. Front sleepers often prefer a lower profile, so the Curve or lower side of the Contour may be worth comparing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the mattress affect which pillow height is right?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A softer mattress generally lets the shoulder sink further, while a firmer mattress may leave more space for the pillow to fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cover made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable top cover uses four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex material, with breathable Vant® fabric around the sides and base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the cover be washed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is removable and washable. Follow the supplied iCare care instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a standard pillowcase?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed to fit a standard-size pillow slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code and warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product code is ICP1. iCare provides a 2-year standard warranty, subject to its warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare Classic Pillow available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare Classic Pillow is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Classic Pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICP1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 420 x 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraditional rectangular pillow shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-density ActiveX™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling gel insert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable washable four-way-stretch cotton\/Elastex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide and base fabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBreathable Vant® fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical sleep positions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack and side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePillowcase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits standard-size pillow slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41999051554891,"sku":"ICARE-ICP1","price":125.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/IcareCoolingPillowClassic.png?v=1766972734"},{"product_id":"icare-ic15-activex™-mattress","title":"icare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress – Firm Pressure Care for Mobility and Transfers\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the firmest option in iCare’s main ActiveX™ homecare mattress range. It is designed for users who need pressure redistribution but do not want the deeper immersion of a soft mattress, particularly where \u003cstrong\u003eturning, repositioning, sitting at the bed edge and transfers\u003c\/strong\u003e are important parts of daily independence or care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e150 mm-high\u003c\/strong\u003e mattress combines multi-layer support with temperature-responsive \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e. As the material warms around the user it becomes more compliant, allowing local contouring while the firmer overall construction remains comparatively easy to move across. Built-in firm edge support provides a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers and can also help reduce roll-out risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC15 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a \u003cstrong\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e45–300 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The standard Bluetec™ cover, breathable Vant™ side and base fabric, anti-slip base and Contour-Latch™ system are designed around use on adjustable and profiling beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"icare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/80-IC15-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770025959\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare ActiveX™ Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eIC15\u003c\/strong\u003e when a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, lower-immersion surface\u003c\/strong\u003e is preferred and easier bed mobility or transfers are a priority. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic20-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the middle-of-the-range Medium Feel option for users wanting more immersion without moving to a soft surface. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic25-soft-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC25\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest and most immersive choice. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic30-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC30\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e returns to a Medium Feel but adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges for users who place extra emphasis on temperature management and edge stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eComfort preference alone should not determine a pressure-care mattress. Body weight, pressure-injury risk, ability to reposition, transfer technique, continence, time spent in bed and the bed platform all matter. For users with significant pressure-care needs, mattress choice should form part of an individual assessment rather than relying only on a generic risk label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e with lower immersion than the other main ActiveX™ mattresses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ pressure-relieving material\u003c\/strong\u003e that responds to warmth and pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e manufacturer pressure-care category.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45–300 kg manufacturer user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting, transfers and bed mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetec™ temperature-regulating cover\u003c\/strong\u003e and breathable Vant™ side\/base fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip base\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eContour-Latch™\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible profiling beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e to reduce routine manual handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof medical cover option\u003c\/strong\u003e available where appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Firmness Matters for Mobility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeeper immersion can improve comfort and pressure distribution for some users, but it can also increase the effort required to roll, reposition or push up from the mattress. The IC15 deliberately favours a firmer surface and lower immersion. For someone who is still independently mobile in bed or transferring at the edge, that can be an important functional advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFirmness should still be comfortable for the individual user. A mattress that is technically appropriate but causes discomfort or limits sleep is unlikely to be a good long-term solution, so trialling is valuable where possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the IC15 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is the firmest of iCare’s main ActiveX™ mattresses and provides relatively low immersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the IC15 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who need pressure care but place a high priority on a stable surface for turning, repositioning, sitting at the edge of the bed or transferring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the IC15 differ from the IC20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is firmer and 150 mm high. The IC20 has a Medium Feel, greater immersion and a 200 mm height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 is the softest and most immersive ActiveX™ option, while the IC15 is the firmest and easiest to move across.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 has a Medium Feel and adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges and cooling-focused cover technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the IC15 still provide pressure redistribution even though it is firm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses ActiveX™ and a multi-layer construction designed to contour locally while retaining a firmer overall feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the IC15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC15 for High Risk pressure-care applications and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that mean it is automatically right for every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer risk categories are useful guidance but do not replace an individual pressure-risk and clinical assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies a user-weight range of 45–300 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is 150 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the firm edges do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey provide a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers and can help reduce roll-out risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for adjustable and profiling beds, including iCare homecare beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Contour-Latch™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContour-Latch™ helps secure the mattress to a compatible profiling platform as the bed changes position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the IC15 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a waterproof medical cover available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A Zerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option is available where greater fluid protection and wipe-clean hygiene are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen options are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 has a 10-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIC15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45–300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveX™ multi-layer pressure-relieving construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in firm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetec™ with breathable Vant™ sides\/base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds; Contour-Latch™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip free; zip-off washable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof cover option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ medical cover available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42104930664523,"sku":"ICARE-IC15LS","price":989.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42104930697291,"sku":"ICARE-IC15KS","price":1189.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42104930730059,"sku":"ICARE-IC15LD","price":1289.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42104930762827,"sku":"ICARE-IC15Q","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42104930795595,"sku":"ICARE-IC15SQ","price":1919.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/708_IC15_jpg_5ca38ed2-5588-4da6-a47f-514e3e13f78f.jpg?v=1770059847"},{"product_id":"icare-ic20-activex™-mattress","title":"icare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress – Balanced Medium-Feel Pressure Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is iCare’s middle-of-the-range ActiveX™ mattress and is designed for users who want a balance between pressure redistribution, comfort and ease of movement. Its \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e provides more immersion than the firm \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic15-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC15\u003c\/a\u003e without the deeper, softer feel of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic25-soft-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC25\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e200 mm-high\u003c\/strong\u003e mattress uses temperature-responsive \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e material that becomes more compliant as it warms, allowing the sleeping surface to contour around the user. Firm edge support creates a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers, while Bluetec™ and Vant™ fabrics help with airflow and temperature management.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC20 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its flip-free design, anti-slip base and Contour-Latch™ system make it well suited to adjustable and profiling beds where the mattress needs to move with the platform without shifting excessively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"icare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/81-IC20-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770025941\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare ActiveX™ Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eIC20\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want the \u003cstrong\u003ebalanced Medium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e in the ActiveX™ range. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC15\u003c\/strong\u003e is firmer and lower-immersion for users who prioritise mobility and transfers. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC25\u003c\/strong\u003e is softer and more enveloping for users who prefer deeper immersion. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic30-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC30\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is also Medium Feel but adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ and reinforced XP Support™ edges for additional cooling and edge-stability features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe best mattress is not simply the softest or highest-rated option. Consider comfort, ability to roll and reposition, transfer technique, pressure-injury risk, continence needs, body weight, time spent in bed and the bed platform. For significant pressure-care needs, individual assessment is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e balancing comfort, immersion and in-bed mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ pressure-relieving material\u003c\/strong\u003e responsive to body warmth and pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 mm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetec™ cover\u003c\/strong\u003e with breathable Vant™ side\/base fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip base\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eContour-Latch™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the IC20 Is the Middle-Ground Option\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA firm mattress can support mobility but may feel too hard for some users, while a very soft mattress can increase immersion and make movement more difficult. The IC20 is designed to sit between those two ends of the range. That makes it a useful starting point for users who need pressure care but do not have a strong preference for either a very firm or very soft surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhere possible, trial the mattress with the user’s actual transfer method and usual sleeping positions. Edge stability and ease of movement can matter as much as comfort once the mattress is used every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the IC20 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 has a Medium Feel with moderate immersion and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the IC20 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who want a balanced pressure-care surface without the firmness of the IC15 or the deeper softness of the IC25.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the IC20 differ from the IC15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 is softer, more immersive and 200 mm high. The IC15 is firmer, lower-immersion and 150 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 is the softest and deepest-immersion ActiveX™ mattress. The IC20 is more supportive and easier to move across for many users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth have a Medium Feel, but the IC30 adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges and additional cooling-focused technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the IC20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC20 for High Risk pressure-care applications and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes High Risk mean it will suit every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer categories guide selection but do not replace individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 is 200 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the firm edges do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey provide a more stable perimeter for sitting, transfers and bed mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does ActiveX™ work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ becomes more compliant as it warms, allowing the mattress to contour around the user and redistribute loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Contour-Latch™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContour-Latch™ helps secure the mattress to compatible profiling beds while the platform changes position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a waterproof cover available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A Zerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option is available where wipe-clean fluid protection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 includes a 10-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIC20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveX™ multi-layer pressure-relieving construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetec™ with breathable Vant™ sides\/base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds; Contour-Latch™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip free; removable washable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof cover option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ medical cover available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42104953176139,"sku":"ICARE-IC2S","price":1079.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42104953208907,"sku":"ICARE-IC2LS","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42104953241675,"sku":"ICARE-IC2KS","price":1269.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42104953274443,"sku":"ICARE-IC2D","price":1735.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42104953307211,"sku":"ICARE-IC20LD","price":1959.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42104953339979,"sku":"ICARE-IC2Q","price":1969.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42104953372747,"sku":"ICARE-IC2SQ","price":2065.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/709_IC20_jpg.jpg?v=1770059809"},{"product_id":"icare-ic25-soft-activex™-mattress","title":"icare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress – Soft, Deep-Immersion Pressure Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest and most immersive option in iCare’s main ActiveX™ homecare mattress range. It is designed for users who prefer a more enveloping sleep surface or benefit from greater immersion around prominent pressure areas, while still retaining firm edge support for transfers and sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e225 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the IC25 is deeper than the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic15-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC15\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic20-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC20\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic30-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC30\u003c\/a\u003e. Its multi-layer \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e construction responds to warmth and pressure, allowing the surface to become more compliant around the body. Bluetec™ and Vant™ fabrics assist temperature regulation and airflow, while Contour-Latch™ helps keep the mattress secured to compatible profiling beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC25 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Because deeper immersion can make movement harder for some people, transfer ability and in-bed mobility should be considered alongside comfort and pressure redistribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/66-IC25-Mattress-Spec-Sheet.pdf?v=1770025923\" title=\"icare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare ActiveX™ Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eIC25\u003c\/strong\u003e when a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, more immersive feel\u003c\/strong\u003e is the priority. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC15\u003c\/strong\u003e is the firmest, lowest-immersion option for users who value ease of movement and transfers. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC20\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a balanced Medium Feel. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC30\u003c\/strong\u003e is also Medium Feel but adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges and additional cooling-focused features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA softer mattress is not automatically a better pressure-care mattress for every user. Greater immersion can improve comfort and envelopment but may increase the effort required to roll, reposition or rise from the bed. The best choice balances pressure-care needs with mobility, transfer technique, body weight, comfort, continence and the bed platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and deepest immersion in the main ActiveX™ range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 mm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ multi-layer construction\u003c\/strong\u003e responsive to warmth and pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetec™ cover\u003c\/strong\u003e with breathable Vant™ side\/base fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContour-Latch™\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible profiling beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Benefits From Deeper Immersion?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome users find that a softer, more conforming mattress feels more comfortable around bony or sensitive areas and provides a greater sense of envelopment. That can make the IC25 appealing when firmer surfaces feel uncomfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is movement. A person with reduced strength may find it harder to roll or push up from a deeply immersive surface. Firm edge support helps at the mattress perimeter, but it is still worth trialling the mattress with the user’s normal bed mobility and transfer routine where possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the IC25 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 has a Soft Feel and provides the deepest immersion of iCare’s main ActiveX™ mattresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the IC25 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who prefer a softer, more enveloping surface or find firmer mattresses uncomfortable, provided the deeper immersion does not create problems with mobility or transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the IC25 differ from the IC15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is much firmer and lower-immersion, with a 150 mm height. The IC25 is softer and 225 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 has a Medium Feel and less immersion. The IC25 is softer and more enveloping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 has a Medium Feel and includes gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges and extra cooling-focused features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a soft mattress make repositioning harder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Greater immersion can increase the effort required to roll, move across the mattress or push up, so in-bed mobility should be considered when choosing the IC25.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the IC25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies it for High Risk pressure-care applications and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that guarantee it is appropriate for every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Pressure-care category is a selection guide and does not replace individual assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 is 225 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does it still have firm edge support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe firmer perimeter provides a more stable surface for sitting and transfers even though the central mattress surface is soft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does ActiveX™ work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ becomes more compliant as it warms, allowing the mattress to contour around the user and redistribute loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the IC25 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a waterproof cover available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A Zerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option is available where extra fluid protection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 includes a 10-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIC25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveX™ multi-layer immersion system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetec™ with breathable Vant™ sides\/base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds; Contour-Latch™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof cover option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ medical cover available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42104961400907,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLS","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42104961433675,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLLS","price":1349.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42104961466443,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLKS","price":1469.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42104961499211,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLD","price":1945.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42104961531979,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLLD","price":2359.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42104961564747,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLQ","price":2365.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42104961597515,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLSQ","price":2450.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/713_IC25_jpg.jpg?v=1770059121"},{"product_id":"icare-ic30-activex™-mattress","title":"icare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress – Medium Feel with Cooling and Reinforced Edge Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the cooling-focused Medium Feel option in iCare’s ActiveX™ homecare range. It combines \u003cstrong\u003egel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced \u003cstrong\u003eXP Support™ edges\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it particularly useful for users who need high-risk pressure care while also valuing temperature management, a stable transfer edge and easier movement around the mattress perimeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e200 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the IC30 offers a similar overall depth and Medium Feel to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic20-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC20\u003c\/a\u003e but uses a more specialised surface construction. The gel infusion is designed to assist heat dispersion, while charcoal contributes to moisture and odour management. Bluetec™ anti-shear cover technology further supports temperature and moisture management around the sleeping surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC30 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The anti-slip base and Contour-Latch™ system help secure the mattress to compatible profiling beds, while the flip-free design reduces routine handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"icare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/104-IC30-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770025910\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare ActiveX™ Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eIC30\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want a \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e but place extra emphasis on \u003cstrong\u003ecooling, moisture management and reinforced edge stability\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic15-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC15\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is firmer and lower-immersion for easier movement and transfers. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC20\u003c\/strong\u003e is the more straightforward balanced Medium Feel option. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic25-soft-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC25\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest and most immersive choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30’s extra cooling and edge features do not make it automatically better for every user. Comfort, transfer method, in-bed mobility, body weight, pressure-injury risk, continence and time spent in bed all matter. For users with significant pressure-care needs, mattress selection should be based on an individual assessment rather than the risk category alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e with moderate immersion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGel-infused ActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e for responsive pressure redistribution and temperature management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharcoal ActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e to assist moisture and odour management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support™ reinforced edges\u003c\/strong\u003e for stable sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 mm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetec™ anti-shear cover\u003c\/strong\u003e for cooling and moisture management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip base\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eContour-Latch™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof medical-cover option\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIC20 or IC30?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 and IC30 are both Medium Feel mattresses, so the choice is less about basic firmness and more about features. The IC20 is the simpler all-round option. The IC30 adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ and XP Support™ reinforced edges, making it worth considering where temperature management, moisture management or a particularly stable mattress perimeter are priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the user is very sensitive to heat or relies heavily on the mattress edge during transfers, those differences may be meaningful. If not, the IC20 may already provide the right balance of support, immersion and pressure care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the IC30 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 has a Medium Feel with moderate immersion and a reinforced perimeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the IC30 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who want Medium Feel pressure care with additional cooling, moisture-management and edge-support features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the IC30 differ from the IC20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are Medium Feel and 200 mm high. The IC30 adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™, Bluetec™ anti-shear cooling technology and reinforced XP Support™ edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is firmer, lower-immersion and 150 mm high, making it the stronger choice where bed mobility and a firm surface are priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 is softer, deeper and more immersive. The IC30 has a Medium Feel with more emphasis on cooling and edge stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does gel-infused ActiveX™ do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt combines ActiveX™ pressure-responsive contouring with gel intended to assist heat dispersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the charcoal component for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare describes charcoal-infused ActiveX™ as assisting with moisture and odour management as well as temperature control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are XP Support™ edges?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are reinforced mattress edges designed to provide a stable perimeter for sitting, transfers and movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the IC30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC30 for High Risk pressure-care applications and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes High Risk mean it is automatically appropriate for every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The manufacturer category is useful guidance but does not replace individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 is 200 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Contour-Latch™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContour-Latch™ helps keep the mattress secured to a compatible profiling platform while the bed changes position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the IC30 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a waterproof medical cover available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A waterproof medical-cover option is available where additional fluid protection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 includes a 10-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIC30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ multi-layer construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXP Support™ reinforced edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetec™ anti-shear cooling cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds; Contour-Latch™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip free; washable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof cover option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42104973131851,"sku":"ICARE-IC30S","price":1229.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42104973164619,"sku":"ICARE-IC30LS","price":1369.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42104973197387,"sku":"ICARE-IC30KS","price":1490.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42104973230155,"sku":"ICARE-IC30D","price":1990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42104973262923,"sku":"ICARE-IC30LD","price":2369.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42104973295691,"sku":"ICARE-IC30Q","price":2389.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42104973328459,"sku":"ICARE-IC30SQ","price":2469.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/279_IC30.jpg?v=1770059052"},{"product_id":"icare-m1-medical-mattress","title":"icare M1 Medical Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare M1 Medical Mattress – Firm Medical Support for Stability and Transfers\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare M1 Medical Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the firmest option in iCare’s M-Line medical mattress range. It is designed for users who need a durable waterproof medical surface, stable support and pressure care without the deeper immersion of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m2-medical-mattress\"\u003eM2\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m3-medical-mattress\"\u003eM3\u003c\/a\u003e. Its particularly broad \u003cstrong\u003e60–300 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e also makes it relevant for higher-weight and bariatric users where the mattress dimensions and full care setup are appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e150 mm-high\u003c\/strong\u003e M1 uses a firm XP Support base and reinforced sides to create a stable platform for turning, repositioning and transfers. Firm edge support provides a predictable perimeter for sitting at the side of the bed, while the waterproof \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e support hygiene and help reduce friction and shear during movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M1 as a \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is designed for profiling and adjustable beds and is a strong choice where stability, transfer support, wipe-clean hygiene and a high user-weight capacity are more important than deep immersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/88-M1-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770109058\" title=\"icare M1 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare M1 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare M-Line Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eM1\u003c\/strong\u003e when you need a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, stable medical mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e, Medium Risk pressure care and a high user-weight capacity. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eM2\u003c\/strong\u003e when High Risk pressure care is required but a Medium Feel and castellated surface are preferred for a balance of immersion and mobility. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eM3\u003c\/strong\u003e when a softer Plush Feel, greater immersion and ActiveFloat™ pressure redistribution are the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M-Line range is designed around medical-care practicality, with Zerotec™ waterproof covers and anti-shear technology. For users with very high pressure-care needs who require active pressure changes rather than a static foam surface, the \u003cstrong\u003eVersaFlo3™ alternating-air system\u003c\/strong\u003e is a separate step up and should be considered with appropriate clinical input.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e with low immersion and stable support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60–300 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof, breathable medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Firm Medical Mattress?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA firmer, lower-immersion surface can make it easier for some users to roll, reposition and push up from the bed. It can also provide a more predictable edge for lateral transfers or standing transfers. This is one of the M1’s main strengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is comfort and envelopment: users who find firm surfaces uncomfortable or who need greater immersion may be better matched to the M2 or M3. Mattress selection should take pressure risk, skin condition, mobility, comfort, continence, transfer method and time spent in bed into account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the M1 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 has a Firm Feel and relatively low immersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the M1 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who need a stable waterproof medical mattress, value easier bed mobility and transfers, or require the broader 60–300 kg user-weight range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the M1 differ from the M2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 is Firm Feel and Medium Risk. The M2 is Medium Feel, uses a castellated surface and is classified for High Risk pressure care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the M3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 is a deeper 200 mm Plush Feel mattress using ActiveFloat™ for greater immersion and envelopment. The M1 is firmer, 150 mm high and more mobility-focused.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen would VersaFlo3™ be considered instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersaFlo3™ is a powered hybrid alternating-air system for Very High Risk pressure-care needs. It is a different category of support and should be selected according to the user’s clinical requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the M1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M1 as Medium Risk and lists a Waterlow rating up to 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that risk category replace a clinical assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer classifications guide selection but do not replace individual pressure-risk assessment and skin monitoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 60–300 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the M1 suitable for bariatric users?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts 300 kg maximum user-weight specification makes it relevant to many higher-weight users, but the complete bed, transfer method, mattress width and care environment also need to be suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 is 150 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is XP Support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eXP Support is the firm structural material used in the base and sides to provide stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is SlideSkin™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlideSkin™ is an anti-shear system that allows movement within the cover structure to help reduce friction and shear at the user interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ medical cover is waterproof, breathable and designed for wipe-clean care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for iCare homecare beds and compatible profiling platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare M1 Medical Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare M1 Medical Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare M1 Medical Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICM1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof breathable medical cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-shear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlideSkin™ technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiCare homecare beds and compatible profiling platforms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42107173896267,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1LS","price":1935.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42107173929035,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1KS","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42107173961803,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1LD","price":2569.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42107173994571,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1Q","price":2819.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42107174027339,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1SQ","price":2919.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/283_M1_23217c7e-b0a3-4beb-9857-08ad7e99c2b0.jpg?v=1770112007"},{"product_id":"icare-m2-medical-mattress","title":"icare M2 Medical Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare M2 Medical Mattress – Medium-Feel High-Risk Pressure Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare M2 Medical Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the middle option in iCare’s M-Line range, combining \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure care\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and a castellated support surface designed to assist turning, repositioning and transfers. It provides more contouring than the firm \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m1-medical-mattress\"\u003eM1\u003c\/a\u003e without moving to the deeper Plush Feel of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m3-medical-mattress\"\u003eM3\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e150 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the M2 uses an \u003cstrong\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/strong\u003e for stability, while the castellated upper surface allows sections of foam to respond more independently around the user. Firm edge support provides a predictable perimeter for sitting and transfers and helps reduce roll-out risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress is finished with a waterproof, wipeable \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e using \u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e. iCare specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e40–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e and designs the M2 for use on adjustable and profiling beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"icare M2 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/89-M2-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770109058\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare M2 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare M-Line Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eM2\u003c\/strong\u003e when you need \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure care with a Medium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and want to preserve practical in-bed movement. The \u003cstrong\u003eM1\u003c\/strong\u003e is firmer, lower-immersion and rated Medium Risk, with a broader user-weight range up to 300 kg. The \u003cstrong\u003eM3\u003c\/strong\u003e is a deeper 200 mm Plush Feel mattress with ActiveFloat™ for greater immersion and envelopment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a static foam mattress is no longer appropriate for the user’s pressure-care needs, the \u003cstrong\u003eVersaFlo3™\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powered hybrid alternating-air system in a different category. It should be considered with appropriate clinical assessment rather than chosen simply because it has a higher risk classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e balancing immersion and mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 mm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastellated support surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for contouring and movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof wipeable medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Castellated Surface Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cuts in a castellated foam surface allow smaller sections of the mattress to flex and contour more independently. This can improve envelopment without requiring the entire mattress to be very soft. For the user, that means a balance between pressure redistribution and the ability to move across the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat balance can be particularly important for people who still assist with their own repositioning or transfers. A mattress that is too immersive may increase effort, while one that is too firm may not provide the comfort or pressure distribution the user needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the M2 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M2 has a Medium Feel with moderate immersion and a stable reinforced structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the M2 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who need High Risk pressure care but also value in-bed mobility, transfer support and a waterproof medical cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the M2 differ from the M1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 is firmer, lower-immersion and Medium Risk. The M2 is Medium Feel, uses a castellated surface and is classified High Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the M3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 is 200 mm high with a Plush Feel and ActiveFloat™ comfort layer for greater immersion and envelopment. The M2 is 150 mm high and more mobility-focused.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen would VersaFlo3™ be considered instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersaFlo3™ is a powered alternating-air system intended for Very High Risk pressure-care needs. It is a different type of support surface and should be selected according to the individual user’s clinical needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the castellated surface do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows sections of the foam to flex more independently around the body, supporting contouring, pressure redistribution and movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the M2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M2 for High Risk pressure care and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that classification replace a clinical assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer classifications guide selection but do not replace individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 40–215 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M2 is 150 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is XP Support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eXP Support forms the stable base and reinforced sides of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do the firm edges help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey create a more stable surface for sitting, transfers and repositioning at the mattress perimeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is SlideSkin™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlideSkin™ is an anti-shear system designed to let the cover move more freely with the user and help reduce friction and shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ medical cover is waterproof, wipeable and breathable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the M2 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is compatible with adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M2 includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare M2 Medical Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare M2 Medical Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare M2 Medical Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICM2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastellated support surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof wipeable medical cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-shear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlideSkin™ technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42107187232843,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2LS","price":1519.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42107187265611,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2KS","price":1565.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42107187298379,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2LD","price":2089.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42107187331147,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2Q","price":2319.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42107187363915,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2SQ","price":2389.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/286_M2.jpg?v=1770111985"},{"product_id":"icare-m3-medical-mattress","title":"icare M3 Medical Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare M3 Medical Mattress – Plush High-Risk Pressure Care with ActiveFloat™\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare M3 Medical Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest, most immersive option in iCare’s M-Line medical range. It uses an edge-to-edge \u003cstrong\u003eActiveFloat™ comfort layer\u003c\/strong\u003e to increase envelopment around the body while retaining a firm XP Support base and reinforced sides for structural stability and transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e200 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the M3 provides greater depth and immersion than the 150 mm \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m1-medical-mattress\"\u003eM1\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m2-medical-mattress\"\u003eM2\u003c\/a\u003e. The ActiveFloat™ layer remains highly elastic under compression, allowing the surface to stay pliant as it contours around the user. A dedicated anti-shear layer and \u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™\u003c\/strong\u003e cover system are designed to reduce friction and shear during movement and repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M3 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003ePlush Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The waterproof \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e supports practical hygiene, while firm edge support provides a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/90-M3-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770109058\" title=\"icare M3 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare M3 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare M-Line Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eM3\u003c\/strong\u003e when the priority is \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure care with a softer, more immersive Plush Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eM1\u003c\/strong\u003e when firm support, easier movement and a higher 300 kg user-weight capacity are more important. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eM2\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want High Risk pressure care with a Medium Feel and a castellated surface that balances contouring with mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor users whose needs call for active pressure changes rather than a static foam surface, the \u003cstrong\u003eVersaFlo3™\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powered hybrid alternating-air system and belongs in a different class of pressure-care solution. That step should be guided by an appropriate clinical assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlush Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e with the greatest immersion in the M-Line range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveFloat™ edge-to-edge comfort layer\u003c\/strong\u003e for immersion and envelopment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 mm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof wipeable medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Benefits From the M3’s Greater Immersion?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA more immersive surface can be useful for users who find firmer mattresses uncomfortable or who need greater envelopment around prominent areas. The ActiveFloat™ layer is designed to stay pliant under load rather than becoming rigid as it compresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeeper immersion can, however, increase the effort needed for rolling and repositioning. The reinforced perimeter helps at the mattress edge, but the M3 should still be assessed against the user’s actual movement and transfer abilities rather than selected on softness alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the M3 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 has a Plush Feel and is the most immersive option in the M-Line range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the M3 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who need High Risk pressure care and prefer greater immersion and envelopment than the M1 or M2 provide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the M3 differ from the M1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 is Firm Feel, 150 mm high and classified Medium Risk. The M3 is Plush Feel, 200 mm high and classified High Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the M2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M2 has a Medium Feel and castellated surface for a stronger balance between mobility and immersion. The M3 is softer and uses ActiveFloat™ for deeper envelopment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen would VersaFlo3™ be considered instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersaFlo3™ is a powered hybrid alternating-air system for Very High Risk pressure-care needs. It is a different type of support surface and should be selected according to individual clinical requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is ActiveFloat™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveFloat™ is iCare’s highly elastic pressure-relieving material used as the M3’s comfort layer. It is designed to remain pliant under compression and support immersion and envelopment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan greater immersion make movement harder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A softer, more enveloping surface may require more effort to roll or reposition, so mobility should be considered alongside pressure care and comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the M3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M3 for High Risk pressure care and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that classification replace a clinical assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer risk categories guide selection but do not replace individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–215 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 is 200 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is XP Support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eXP Support forms the firm structural base and sides beneath the softer ActiveFloat™ layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do the firm edges help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey provide a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers and can help reduce roll-out risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is SlideSkin™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlideSkin™ is an anti-shear system designed to let the cover move more freely with the user and help reduce friction and shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ medical cover is waterproof, wipeable and breathable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the M3 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is compatible with adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare M3 Medical Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare M3 Medical Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare M3 Medical Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICM3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlush Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveFloat™ edge-to-edge layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof wipeable medical cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-shear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlideSkin™ technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42107191361611,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3LS","price":2339.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42107191394379,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3KS","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42107191427147,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3LD","price":2969.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42107191459915,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3Q","price":3229.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42107191492683,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3SQ","price":3699.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/287_M3.jpg?v=1770111965"},{"product_id":"icare-versaflo3™-mattress-system","title":"icare VersaFlo3™ Mattress System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare VersaFlo3™ Mattress System – Hybrid Alternating-Air Pressure Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare VersaFlo3™ Mattress System\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powered hybrid support surface for users whose pressure-care needs go beyond a conventional static foam mattress. It combines a stable \u003cstrong\u003eXP Support anti-bottom-out foundation\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable alternating-air cylinders and an \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ comfort layer\u003c\/strong\u003e so the surface can change pressure over time while still retaining the familiar comfort and support of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pump can operate in \u003cstrong\u003e5, 10, 15 or 20-minute alternating cycles\u003c\/strong\u003e or in a continuous static mode. Air pressure and comfort settings can be adjusted to the user rather than relying on one fixed mattress feel. A \u003cstrong\u003eCPR rapid-deflation release\u003c\/strong\u003e is built in for emergency use, and the quiet pump is designed to minimise disturbance during sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies VersaFlo3™ for \u003cstrong\u003eVery High Risk pressure-care needs\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003eVariable Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e. The MoveSmart configuration lists a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e20–140 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e200 mm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e. The waterproof Zerotec™ medical cover, anti-slip base and Contour-Latch™ system support hygiene and secure use on compatible adjustable or profiling beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/98-VersaFlo-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770111566\" title=\"icare VersaFlo3 Mattress System Product Specs Sheet\"\u003eicare VersaFlo3 Mattress System Product Specs Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen Should VersaFlo3™ Be Considered Instead of a Foam Mattress?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersaFlo3™ is not simply a softer or more expensive version of the IC or M-Line mattresses. Its key difference is \u003cstrong\u003edynamic alternating pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e: the air cells change support over time rather than providing one static surface. That can make it appropriate when the user’s pressure-care plan calls for a dynamic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor many users, an appropriate ActiveX™ or M-Line foam mattress will remain the simpler solution because it has no pump, tubing or powered settings to manage. VersaFlo3™ should therefore be chosen because the user benefits from active pressure redistribution—not just because its manufacturer risk category is higher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelection of a dynamic mattress should take into account skin condition, mobility, ability to reposition, body weight, care environment, continence, transfer technique, power reliability and the clinical pressure-management plan. Where needs are complex, involve the appropriate occupational therapist, nurse or other treating clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the Three-Layer System Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ comfort layer:\u003c\/strong\u003e provides surface comfort, immersion and pressure redistribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable air cylinders:\u003c\/strong\u003e form the dynamic core and alternate pressure according to the selected cycle and settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e provides structure beneath the air cells, helps prevent bottoming out and allows the mattress to profile with an adjustable bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHybrid alternating-air mattress system\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than a conventional static foam mattress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eVery High Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e with adjustable air pressure and comfort settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20–140 kg manufacturer user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e on the MoveSmart listing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 mm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5, 10, 15 or 20-minute alternating cycles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatic mode\u003c\/strong\u003e available when continuous non-alternating support is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ comfort layer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support anti-bottom-out foundation\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet pump\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to minimise sleep disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCPR rapid-deflation release\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof washable medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip base and Contour-Latch™ attachment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepair kit\u003c\/strong\u003e; iCare states the mattress can be repaired up to five times before replacement is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEveryday Use and Care Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike a static mattress, VersaFlo3™ depends on its pump and air system being correctly connected and set up. The pump should remain positioned where airflow is not obstructed, tubing should be checked for kinks or disconnection, and the user should not be left on an incorrectly inflated surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCaregivers should understand the selected settings and the purpose of the CPR release. The waterproof cover should be cleaned according to iCare’s instructions and checked for damage. A dynamic mattress still requires appropriate repositioning, skin monitoring and other elements of the user’s pressure-care plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of mattress is VersaFlo3™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a hybrid pressure-care system combining an ActiveX™ comfort layer, alternating-air cylinders and an XP Support foam foundation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is VersaFlo3™ different from the IC15, IC20, IC25 and IC30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC mattresses are static foam pressure-care surfaces. VersaFlo3™ actively changes air-cell pressure over time using a powered pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the M1, M2 and M3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M-Line mattresses are also static foam medical mattresses with waterproof Zerotec™ covers. VersaFlo3™ adds a powered dynamic alternating-air core.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is VersaFlo3™ most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for users with more complex or Very High Risk pressure-care needs where a dynamic support surface is considered appropriate as part of the care plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Very High Risk category mean everyone at high risk should use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A dynamic mattress should be selected according to the individual user’s clinical needs, mobility, skin condition and care environment rather than the label alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat alternating cycle times are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pump can run 5, 10, 15 or 20-minute alternating cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it run without alternating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A static mode is available for continuous non-alternating support when appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the firmness be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe system provides adjustable air pressure and comfort settings, so support can be tailored rather than remaining at one fixed feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the ActiveX™ layer do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides the primary comfort surface above the air cylinders and contributes to immersion and pressure redistribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the XP Support layer do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt forms the mattress foundation, helps prevent bottoming out and supports profiling on an adjustable bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the CPR release?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows the mattress to deflate rapidly when emergency access is required. Caregivers should know its location and purpose before an emergency occurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the pump noisy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare describes the pump as quiet and designed to minimise sleep disruption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is listed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MoveSmart configuration lists a 20–140 kg manufacturer user-weight range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe system is approximately 200 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. VersaFlo3™ uses a Zerotec™ waterproof washable medical cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for compatible adjustable and profiling beds and uses Contour-Latch™ for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if an air cell is damaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare supplies a repair kit and states that the mattress can be repaired up to five times before replacement may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes a dynamic mattress remove the need for repositioning and skin checks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The support surface is only one part of pressure management. Follow the individual care plan for repositioning, skin inspection and other measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double and Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe VersaFlo3™ Mattress System includes a 2-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare VersaFlo3™ Mattress System available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare VersaFlo3™ Mattress System is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare VersaFlo3™ Mattress System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICVF3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery High Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–140 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHybrid alternating air with ActiveX™ comfort layer and XP Support foundation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlternating cycle times\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5, 10, 15 or 20 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStatic mode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable pressure and comfort settings; quiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmergency feature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPR rapid-deflation release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof washable medical cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds; Contour-Latch™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip free; repair kit supports up to five repairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42107196375115,"sku":"ICARE-ICV3LS","price":4685.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42107196407883,"sku":"ICARE-ICV3KS","price":4999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42107196440651,"sku":"ICARE-ICV3LD","price":5729.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42107196473419,"sku":"ICARE-ICV3Q","price":6399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/305_Versaflo.jpg?v=1770111942"},{"product_id":"icare-xp-support-firm-overlay","title":"icare XP Support Firm Overlay","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare XP Support Firm Overlay – Firm Support for Mobility, Transfers and Underlay Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare XP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003e50 mm firm support layer\u003c\/strong\u003e for situations where the goal is to increase stability rather than add softness. It can be placed over a suitable existing mattress to create a firmer surface for bed mobility and transfers, used beneath some alternating-air mattresses as a supportive underlay, or used beside the bed as a low-profile crash mat where appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e50–250 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Firm Feel and a manufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eLow Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification. The \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical barrier cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is waterproof, wipeable, breathable and highly elastic, supporting practical care while allowing the surface to move without excessive resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"icare XP Support Firm Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/94-XP-Support-Overlay-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770540778\"\u003eicare XP Support Firm Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eXP Support, ActiveX™ or ActiveFloat™ Overlay?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eXP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e when the priority is \u003cstrong\u003efirmness, stability and easier movement\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-overlay\"\u003eActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want to make a sound mattress softer with temperature-responsive pressure relief. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activefloat%E2%84%A2-overlay\"\u003eActiveFloat™ Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when soft pressure relief and shear reduction are the main concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese products solve different problems. XP Support is not the right choice simply because a user needs “more pressure care”; its main role is adding structural support and stability. For users with significant pressure-injury risk, mattress and overlay selection should be based on the complete support surface and individual needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn Overlay Does Not Repair a Failed Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen used over an existing mattress, the mattress underneath must still be structurally sound and appropriate for the user. Adding a firm overlay may change the feel of a mattress, but it cannot correct broken-down foam, severe sagging, damaged springs or an unsuitable bed system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen used beneath an alternating-air mattress, confirm that the air system is designed to work with an underlay and that the combined bed height, transfer setup and clinical performance remain appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 mm firm XP Support overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to \u003cstrong\u003eincrease stability\u003c\/strong\u003e on a suitable existing mattress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan assist users who find \u003cstrong\u003eturning, repositioning or transfers\u003c\/strong\u003e harder on a softer surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used as an \u003cstrong\u003eunderlay beneath some alternating-air mattresses\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used as a \u003cstrong\u003elow-profile crash mat\u003c\/strong\u003e beside the bed where appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50–250 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eLow Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof, wipeable, breathable and elastic medical barrier cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the XP Support Firm Overlay designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to add firmness and stability to a suitable mattress, support mobility and transfers, act as an underlay for some alternating-air systems, or serve as a low crash mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho may benefit from a firmer overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who find a soft mattress difficult to roll or push up from, or who need a more stable edge and surface for transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it make a soft mattress firmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the underlying mattress is still structurally sound and supportive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it fix a sagging or worn-out mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Structural mattress problems should be addressed by replacing the unsuitable mattress rather than covering them with an overlay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the ActiveX™ Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eXP Support adds firmness and stability. ActiveX™ does the opposite: it adds a softer, temperature-responsive pressure-relieving layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the ActiveFloat™ Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveFloat™ is a soft, highly elastic pressure-relief overlay with SlideSkin™ shear-reduction technology. XP Support is a firm structural support layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used under an alternating-air mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with suitable systems. Confirm compatibility because the underlay becomes part of the complete pressure-care setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy use an underlay beneath an alternating-air system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can provide additional structural support beneath the air mattress, including when the profiling bed changes position or air pressure varies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as a crash mat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. iCare describes it as suitable for low crash-mat use beside the bed. The surrounding environment and overall fall-management plan still need to be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is approximately 50 mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 50–250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the XP Support Firm Overlay as Low Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it intended as a high-risk pressure-care topper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Its main role is firm support and stability. Higher-risk pressure-care needs should be considered using an appropriate complete support surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ medical barrier cover is waterproof and wipeable while remaining breathable and elastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base product code is ICOXP, with size-specific codes for each option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare XP Support Firm Overlay available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare XP Support Firm Overlay is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare XP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase product code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICOXP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverlay depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary uses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm mattress overlay, alternating-air underlay, low crash mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof, wipeable, breathable and elastic medical barrier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42127532064843,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPS","price":379.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42127532097611,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPLS","price":399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42127532130379,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPKS","price":449.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42127532163147,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPD","price":485.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42127532195915,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPQ","price":589.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42127532228683,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPSQ","price":659.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/302_XP_Overlay_29a47ce1-69b1-4d36-ab93-0442e3fbebd8.jpg?v=1770540460"},{"product_id":"icare-activex™-overlay","title":"icare ActiveX™ Overlay","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare ActiveX™ Overlay – Soft Pressure Relief for an Existing Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare ActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a \u003cstrong\u003e50 mm soft, temperature-responsive ActiveX™ layer\u003c\/strong\u003e over an existing mattress. As the foam warms around the user it becomes more compliant, allowing the surface to contour more closely and provide additional comfort and pressure redistribution without replacing the complete mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be useful during recovery, periods of increased bed rest or where an otherwise serviceable mattress feels too firm. iCare specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e and a manufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification with a Soft Feel. The waterproof, breathable \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e supports wipe-clean care and is highly elastic so it can move with the pressure-relieving surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/162-ActiveX-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770540778\" title=\"icare ActiveX™ Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare ActiveX™ Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eActiveX™, ActiveFloat™ or XP Support Overlay?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main aim is to \u003cstrong\u003eadd softness and temperature-responsive pressure relief\u003c\/strong\u003e to a sound existing mattress. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activefloat%E2%84%A2-overlay\"\u003eActiveFloat™ Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when reduced shear is a particular priority; it uses a highly elastic ActiveFloat™ layer with SlideSkin™ technology. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-xp-support-firm-overlay\"\u003eXP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want the opposite effect—a firmer, more stable surface for mobility, transfers, alternating-air underlay use or low crash-mat applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn Overlay Does Not Repair a Failed Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn overlay changes the feel and pressure characteristics of the surface underneath it, but the underlying mattress still needs to be structurally sound, supportive and appropriate for the user. A badly sagging, damaged or unsuitable mattress should be replaced rather than disguised with an overlay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor significant pressure-care needs, the overlay and underlying mattress should be considered together. Manufacturer risk classifications are useful guidance but do not replace an individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring or clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 mm ActiveX™ foam overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e for adding comfort to a firmer existing mattress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature-responsive foam that softens as it warms around the user.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical barrier cover\u003c\/strong\u003e that is waterproof, wipeable, breathable and highly elastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable from \u003cstrong\u003eSingle through Split Queen\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ActiveX™ Overlay designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to add a softer, pressure-relieving ActiveX™ surface to a suitable existing mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen is an overlay preferable to replacing the whole mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn overlay can be useful when the existing mattress is still structurally sound and supportive but the user needs extra surface comfort or pressure redistribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it fix a sagging or worn-out mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A failed or badly sagging mattress should be replaced. An overlay should not be used to hide structural problems underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the ActiveFloat™ Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ focuses on temperature-responsive contouring and softness. ActiveFloat™ adds a highly elastic pressure-relief layer with SlideSkin™ technology where shear reduction is a particular priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the XP Support Firm Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ActiveX™ Overlay adds softness. The XP Support Overlay adds firmness and stability and can also be used beneath some alternating-air systems or as a low crash mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is approximately 50 mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–215 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the ActiveX™ Overlay as High Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that classification mean it is suitable for every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The complete support surface, mobility, skin condition and individual clinical needs still need to be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does ActiveX™ work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ becomes more compliant with warmth, allowing it to contour more closely around the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be useful during recovery or extended bed rest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can add comfort and pressure redistribution when a person is spending more time in bed, provided the complete mattress setup remains appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ cover is waterproof and wipeable while remaining breathable and elastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base product code is ICT, with size-specific codes for each option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare ActiveX™ Overlay available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare ActiveX™ Overlay is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare ActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase product code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverlay depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature-responsive ActiveX™ foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof, wipeable, breathable medical barrier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42127550185547,"sku":"ICARE-ICTS","price":429.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42127550218315,"sku":"ICARE-ICTLS","price":455.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42127550251083,"sku":"ICARE-ICTKS","price":499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42127550283851,"sku":"ICARE-ICTD","price":559.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42127550316619,"sku":"ICARE-ICTQ","price":645.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42127550349387,"sku":"ICARE-ICTSQ","price":719.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/240_ActiveX_Overlay.jpg?v=1770541606"},{"product_id":"icare-activefloat™-overlay","title":"icare ActiveFloat™ Overlay","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare ActiveFloat™ Overlay – Soft Pressure Relief with Shear Reduction\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare ActiveFloat™ Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003e50 mm soft pressure-care layer\u003c\/strong\u003e for an existing mattress, combining highly elastic ActiveFloat™ material with \u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is designed for users who need additional pressure redistribution while also placing particular importance on reducing friction and shear as the body moves across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveFloat™ remains elastic even under compression, allowing the surface to move and conform rather than becoming rigid under load. SlideSkin™ adds a second moving membrane so small body movements are less likely to be resisted by the cover. iCare specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Soft Feel and a manufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay includes a waterproof \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ cover\u003c\/strong\u003e and may also be suitable over some alternating-air mattresses where an additional comfort layer or reduced heat loss is required, subject to the compatibility of the complete system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/92-ActiveFloat-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770540778\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"icare ActiveFloat™ Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eicare ActiveFloat™ Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eActiveFloat™, ActiveX™ or XP Support Overlay?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003eActiveFloat™\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main priorities are \u003cstrong\u003esoft pressure relief plus shear reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-overlay\"\u003eActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you mainly want temperature-responsive softness and contouring over a sound mattress. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-xp-support-firm-overlay\"\u003eXP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you need extra firmness and stability for mobility, transfers, alternating-air underlay use or a low crash-mat application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn Overlay Is Part of the Complete Support Surface\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress underneath still matters. An overlay should be placed on a structurally sound, supportive mattress that is appropriate for the user. It will not correct a badly sagging, damaged or unsuitable mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the overlay is being combined with an alternating-air system or used for significant pressure-care needs, confirm that the full setup remains compatible and clinically appropriate. Adding another layer can change how a dynamic mattress performs, so the complete system should be considered rather than judging the overlay in isolation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHighly elastic ActiveFloat™ pressure-relief layer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ second membrane\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to reduce friction and shear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 mm low-profile depth\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHighly breathable construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Zerotec™ overlay cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable with \u003cstrong\u003esome alternating-air mattresses\u003c\/strong\u003e where system compatibility is confirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the ActiveFloat™ Overlay different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt combines a highly elastic pressure-relief layer with SlideSkin™ technology to reduce shear as well as provide a softer support surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is it most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may suit users who need additional pressure redistribution over a sound mattress and where friction or shear during movement is a particular concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is SlideSkin™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlideSkin™ uses a second membrane that can move with the user, helping reduce resistance between the body and cover during small movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the ActiveX™ Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ focuses on temperature-responsive softness and contouring. ActiveFloat™ adds a highly elastic layer and SlideSkin™ system where shear reduction is a stronger priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the XP Support Firm Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveFloat™ adds softness and envelopment. XP Support adds firmness and stability and is intended for quite different tasks such as mobility support or alternating-air underlay use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it fix a worn-out mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The underlying mattress must still be structurally sound and supportive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used over an alternating-air mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare states that it is suitable for some alternating-air mattresses. Compatibility should be confirmed because an added layer can alter the performance of a dynamic pressure-care system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay is approximately 50 mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–215 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the ActiveFloat™ Overlay as High Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the risk rating replace a clinical assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The user’s skin condition, mobility, existing mattress and complete pressure-care plan still need to be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the surface breathable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. ActiveFloat™ is designed as a highly breathable pressure-relief material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The supplied Zerotec™ overlay cover is waterproof.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base product code is ICOF, with size-specific codes for each option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare ActiveFloat™ Overlay available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare ActiveFloat™ Overlay is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare ActiveFloat™ Overlay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase product code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICOF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverlay depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePressure-relief layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveFloat™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-shear technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlideSkin™ second membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof Zerotec™ overlay cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlternating-air use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable with some systems where compatibility is confirmed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42127588458571,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFS","price":769.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42127588491339,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFLS","price":785.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42127588524107,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFKS","price":815.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42127588556875,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFLD","price":985.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42127588589643,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFQ","price":1055.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42127588622411,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFSQ","price":1149.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/236_ActiveFloat_Overlay_d051a7b2-5cd0-4473-8796-807f3ab19e5f.jpg?v=1770542334"},{"product_id":"icare-over-bed-table-c-shape-base","title":"icare Over Bed Table – C Shape Base","description":"\u003ch2\u003eC-Shape Over Bed Table for Closer Positioning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Over Bed Table – C Shape Base\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a stable, height-adjustable surface for meals, reading, writing, laptop use and everyday activities while resting in bed or sitting in a chair. Its C-shaped base is designed to slide closer to beds and chairs, helping position the tabletop nearer to the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe easy-care split tabletop combines a large tilting work surface with a fixed side section. The main surface adjusts from \u003cstrong\u003e0–70°\u003c\/strong\u003e and is reversible, while the fixed section stays level for drinks and personal items. Gas-assisted height adjustment from \u003cstrong\u003e730–1090 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e allows the table to be positioned for different bed and chair heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eicare Over Bed Table – C Shape Base – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC-shaped base\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to slide closer to beds and chairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e with a tilting main surface and fixed side section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReversible tilting top\u003c\/strong\u003e with a stepped adjustment range of 0–70°.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas-assisted height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e from 730–1090 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 kg tabletop load limit\u003c\/strong\u003e for meals, books, laptops and everyday items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-clean surface\u003c\/strong\u003e with smooth-rolling castors and a heavy-duty powder-coated steel frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo timber-look finishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Charcoal and White Ash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Table Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eicare Over Bed Table – C Shape Base is easier to use when the base, column and tabletop can reach the required position without interfering with the bed, chair or mobility equipment. Check under-bed or under-chair clearance, the usable height range and the direction from which the table will approach. The user should be able to sit comfortably without leaning or twisting to reach everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow room for castors and carers when moving the table, and lock it where the design provides brakes before placing drinks or equipment on the top. Keep loads within the published limit and distribute them evenly. Height or tilt adjustments should be made with care so loose objects cannot slide from the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the C-shaped base help with positioning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe C-shaped base is designed to slide closer to beds and chairs so the tabletop can be positioned nearer to the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the C Shape table be used over a chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The table is designed for use over beds and chairs. Check the available clearance and intended positioning before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the table height adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table uses a gas-assisted lift with a height adjustment range of 730–1090 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the main tabletop tilt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The main tilting surface has a stepped range from 0° to 70°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the tilting tabletop reversible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tilting section is reversible so it can be arranged on either side of the fixed tabletop section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the tabletop dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tilting surface measures 470 x 310 mm. The fixed side table measures 310 x 150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the tabletop support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum tabletop load is 30 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the C-shaped base dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe C-shaped base is 90 mm high and 800 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe C Shape model is available with a Charcoal or White Ash timber-look tabletop finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the table easy to clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tabletop has an easy-care, wipe-clean surface for regular maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the table easy to move?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Smooth-rolling castors allow the table to be repositioned as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat manufacturer product codes are used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product codes are ACOBTC for Charcoal and ACOBTCW for White Ash.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is supplied with the table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Over Bed Table range includes a 2-year standard warranty, subject to the applicable warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Over Bed Table – C Shape Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer codes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal: ACOBTC; White Ash: ACOBTCW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730–1090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilting surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 x 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilt range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–70°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixed side table\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 x 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC-shaped base height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum tabletop load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTabletop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSplit, reversible and easy-care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty powder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMobility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth-rolling castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal and White Ash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard manufacturer warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"White Ash","offer_id":42189555990603,"sku":"ICARE-ACOBTCW","price":419.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charcoal","offer_id":42189556023371,"sku":"ICARE-ACOBTC","price":419.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/12481273.jpg?v=1772956384"},{"product_id":"icare-over-bed-table-low-profile","title":"icare Over Bed Table – Low Profile","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLow-Clearance Over Bed Table for Beds and Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Low Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a stable, height-adjustable surface for meals, reading, writing, laptop use and everyday activities while resting in bed or sitting in a chair. Its low-profile base is designed for low-clearance beds and chairs where a standard-height base may not fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe easy-care split tabletop combines a large tilting work surface with a fixed side section. The main surface adjusts from \u003cstrong\u003e0–70°\u003c\/strong\u003e and is reversible, while the fixed section stays level for drinks and personal items. Gas-assisted height adjustment from \u003cstrong\u003e730–1090 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e allows the table to be positioned for different bed and chair heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Low Profile – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-profile 45 mm base\u003c\/strong\u003e for low-clearance beds and chairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e with a tilting main surface and fixed side section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReversible tilting top\u003c\/strong\u003e with a stepped adjustment range of 0–70°.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas-assisted height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e from 730–1090 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 kg tabletop load limit\u003c\/strong\u003e for meals, books, laptops and everyday items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-clean surface\u003c\/strong\u003e with smooth-rolling castors and a heavy-duty powder-coated steel frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo timber-look finishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Charcoal and White Ash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Table Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Low Profile is easier to use when the base, column and tabletop can reach the required position without interfering with the bed, chair or mobility equipment. Check under-bed or under-chair clearance, the usable height range and the direction from which the table will approach. The user should be able to sit comfortably without leaning or twisting to reach everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow room for castors and carers when moving the table, and lock it where the design provides brakes before placing drinks or equipment on the top. Keep loads within the published limit and distribute them evenly. Height or tilt adjustments should be made with care so loose objects cannot slide from the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the Low Profile model different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Low Profile model has a 45 mm base, designed for beds and chairs with less clearance beneath them than a standard-base table can accommodate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the Low Profile table be used over a chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for use over beds and chairs, including low-clearance seating. Check the available clearance and intended positioning before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the table height adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table uses a gas-assisted lift with a height adjustment range of 730–1090 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the main tabletop tilt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The main tilting surface has a stepped range from 0° to 70°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the tilting tabletop reversible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tilting section is reversible so it can be arranged on either side of the fixed tabletop section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the tabletop dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tilting surface measures 470 x 310 mm. The fixed side table measures 310 x 150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the tabletop support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum tabletop load is 30 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Low Profile base height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Low Profile model has a 45 mm base frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Low Profile model is available with a Charcoal or White Ash timber-look tabletop finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the table easy to clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tabletop has an easy-care, wipe-clean surface for regular maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the table easy to move?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Smooth-rolling castors allow the table to be repositioned as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat manufacturer product codes are used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product codes are ACOBTL for Charcoal and ACOBTLW for White Ash.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is supplied with the table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Over Bed Table range includes a 2-year standard warranty, subject to the applicable warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Low Profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer codes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal: ACOBTL; White Ash: ACOBTLW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730–1090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilting surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 x 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilt range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–70°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixed side table\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 x 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase frame height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum tabletop load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTabletop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSplit, reversible and easy-care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty powder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMobility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth-rolling castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal and White Ash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard manufacturer warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"White Ash","offer_id":42189564051531,"sku":"ICARE-ACOBTLW","price":399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charcoal","offer_id":42189564084299,"sku":"ICARE-ACOBTL","price":399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/86_Over_Bed_Table_Low.jpg?v=1772957794"},{"product_id":"icare-over-bed-table-standard","title":"icare Over Bed Table – Standard","description":"\u003ch2\u003eReliable Over Bed Table for Everyday Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Standard\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a stable, height-adjustable surface for meals, reading, writing, laptop use and everyday activities while resting in bed or sitting in a chair. The standard base wheel system is designed to sit over beds and chairs in home care, aged care and rehabilitation environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe easy-care split tabletop combines a large tilting work surface with a fixed side section. The main surface adjusts from \u003cstrong\u003e0–70°\u003c\/strong\u003e and is reversible, while the fixed section stays level for drinks and personal items. Gas-assisted height adjustment from \u003cstrong\u003e730–1090 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e allows the table to be positioned for different bed and chair heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Standard – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard base wheel system\u003c\/strong\u003e for positioning over beds and chairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e with a tilting main surface and fixed side section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReversible tilting top\u003c\/strong\u003e with a stepped adjustment range of 0–70°.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGas-assisted height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e from 730–1090 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 kg tabletop load limit\u003c\/strong\u003e for meals, books, laptops and everyday items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-clean surface\u003c\/strong\u003e with smooth-rolling castors and a heavy-duty powder-coated steel frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo timber-look finishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Charcoal and White Ash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Table Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Standard is easier to use when the base, column and tabletop can reach the required position without interfering with the bed, chair or mobility equipment. Check under-bed or under-chair clearance, the usable height range and the direction from which the table will approach. The user should be able to sit comfortably without leaning or twisting to reach everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow room for castors and carers when moving the table, and lock it where the design provides brakes before placing drinks or equipment on the top. Keep loads within the published limit and distribute them evenly. Height or tilt adjustments should be made with care so loose objects cannot slide from the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the icare Standard Over Bed Table designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides an adjustable surface for meals, reading, writing, laptop use and everyday activities while a person is in bed or seated in a chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the Standard Over Bed Table be used over a chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The table is designed to sit over beds and chairs. Check the available clearance and intended positioning before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the table height adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table uses a gas-assisted lift with a height adjustment range of 730–1090 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the main tabletop tilt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The main tilting surface has a stepped range from 0° to 70°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the tilting tabletop reversible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tilting section is reversible so it can be arranged on either side of the fixed tabletop section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the tabletop dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tilting surface measures 470 x 310 mm. The fixed side table measures 310 x 150 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the tabletop support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum tabletop load is 30 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Standard base height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard model has a 90 mm base frame with larger wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard model is available with a Charcoal or White Ash timber-look tabletop finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the table easy to clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tabletop has an easy-care, wipe-clean surface for regular maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the table easy to move?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Smooth-rolling castors allow the table to be repositioned as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat manufacturer product codes are used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product codes are ACOBTH for Charcoal and ACOBTHW for White Ash.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is supplied with the table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Over Bed Table range includes a 2-year standard warranty, subject to the applicable warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer codes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal: ACOBTH; White Ash: ACOBTHW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730–1090 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilting surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 x 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilt range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–70°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixed side table\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 x 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase frame height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum tabletop load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTabletop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSplit, reversible and easy-care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty powder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMobility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth-rolling castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal and White Ash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard manufacturer warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"White Ash","offer_id":42189566541899,"sku":"ICARE-ACOBTHW","price":359.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charcoal","offer_id":42189566574667,"sku":"ICARE-ACOBTH","price":359.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/87_Over_Bed_Table_Standard.jpg?v=1772958098"},{"product_id":"icare-over-bed-table-folding","title":"icare Over Bed Table – Folding","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFolding Over Bed Table for Flexible Everyday Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Folding\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a practical surface for meals, reading, writing, laptop use and everyday activities while resting in bed or sitting in a chair. It is designed to fit with beds or chairs and folds flat for storage when it is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe easy-care tabletop measures \u003cstrong\u003e600 x 360 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and has multiple tilt adjustment points. Raised ridges along the two long sides help keep items on the surface when it is tilted. Manual height adjustment from \u003cstrong\u003e620–935 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e provides flexible positioning without a gas-assisted lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Folding – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding design\u003c\/strong\u003e that folds flat for convenient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e from 620–935 mm with two adjustment stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple tilt adjustment points\u003c\/strong\u003e with a 180° tilting range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised side ridges\u003c\/strong\u003e to help prevent items from falling when the top is tilted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 x 360 mm table surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for meals, reading, writing and device use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour castors, including two lockable castors,\u003c\/strong\u003e for moving and positioning the table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite tabletop with black trim\u003c\/strong\u003e and an easy-care wipe-down surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-year standard warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e for added peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Table Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Folding is easier to use when the base, column and tabletop can reach the required position without interfering with the bed, chair or mobility equipment. Check under-bed or under-chair clearance, the usable height range and the direction from which the table will approach. The user should be able to sit comfortably without leaning or twisting to reach everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow room for castors and carers when moving the table, and lock it where the design provides brakes before placing drinks or equipment on the top. Keep loads within the published limit and distribute them evenly. Height or tilt adjustments should be made with care so loose objects cannot slide from the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Folding Over Bed Table designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides a practical surface for meals, reading, writing, laptop use and everyday activities while a person is in bed or seated in a chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with a chair as well as a bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The table is designed for use with beds and chairs. Check the available clearance and intended positioning before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the table surface dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table surface measures 600 x 360 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the height adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight adjustment is manual, from 620 to 935 mm. The two vertical columns have two adjustment stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the tabletop tilt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tabletop has multiple tilt adjustment points with a 180° tilting range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the raised ridges for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRidges on the two long sides help prevent items from falling from the surface when the tabletop is tilted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the table fold flat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The table folds flat for easy storage when it is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many castors does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table has four castors, including two lockable castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colour is the Folding Over Bed Table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a white tabletop with black trim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the tabletop easy to clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tabletop has an easy-care wipe-down surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product code is ACOBTW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this model use gas-assisted height adjustment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Folding model uses manual height adjustment from 620 to 935 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Over Bed Table includes a 2-year standard warranty, subject to the applicable warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Over Bed Table – Folding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eACOBTW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTable surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual, 620–935 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilt adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple adjustment points; 180° range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety ridges\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaised ridges on both long sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCastors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour castors, two lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds flat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite with black trim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTabletop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy-care wipe-down surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42189568245835,"sku":"ICARE-ACOBTW","price":319.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/366_Flat_Pack_Over_Bed_Table_1200x1200_a7eeb53f-3245-42b0-90cb-b0eb079968e2.jpg?v=1772958581"},{"product_id":"viking-deluxe-bedside-commode","title":"Viking Deluxe Bedside Commode","description":"\u003ch2\u003eViking Deluxe Bedside Commode – Comfortable Bedside Toileting and Support Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eViking Deluxe Bedside Commode\u003c\/strong\u003e is a comfortable, height-adjustable bedside commode that can also be used as a supportive everyday chair when the commode is not required. Its padded seat folds back to reveal the commode opening, while the removable waste bowl makes emptying and cleaning straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA curved padded backrest, padded seat and supportive armrests make the chair more comfortable for regular use than a basic utility commode. The seat height adjusts from \u003cstrong\u003e450 to 600 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the sitting position to be tailored to the user and helping reduce the effort required when sitting down or standing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated steel\u003c\/strong\u003e for durability and rust protection, while a three-sided skirt conceals the commode bowl for a more discreet appearance beside the bed or in a living area. With a \u003cstrong\u003e160 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, it provides a practical balance of comfort, adjustability and everyday toileting support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eViking Deluxe Bedside Commode – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Purpose Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Functions as both a supportive chair and a bedside commode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight Adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Seat height adjusts from 450–600 mm to suit different users and transfer needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded Seat\u003c\/strong\u003e – Provides a more comfortable sitting surface for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved Padded Backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e – Offers supportive seating when the chair is used beside the bed or in a living area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded Armrests\u003c\/strong\u003e – Provides additional comfort and useful support during transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-Back Seat\u003c\/strong\u003e – The padded seat folds back to provide access to the commode opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable Waste Bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e – Supplied with a bowl, lid and carry handle for practical emptying and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-Sided Skirt\u003c\/strong\u003e – Conceals the commode bowl for a more discreet appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 kg Maximum User Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e – Strong everyday support for a wide range of users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable construction with rust protection for regular homecare use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Fits in the MoveSmart Commode Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Viking Deluxe is a good choice when comfort and a more chair-like appearance are important. It is particularly suitable for bedside use where the user may spend time sitting in the chair even when the commode function is not being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a simpler, space-saving option that folds for storage, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/folding-commode\"\u003eFolding Commode\u003c\/a\u003e. For users who need substantially more width and a higher weight capacity, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-commode\"\u003eHeavy Duty Commode\u003c\/a\u003e is the stronger bariatric-style option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf mobility is required rather than a stationary bedside chair, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/deluxe-mobile-commode-and-shower-chair\"\u003eDeluxe Mobile Commode and Shower Chair\u003c\/a\u003e combines toileting with wheeled bathroom mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Viking Deluxe Bedside Commode used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to provide a convenient bedside toileting option when getting to the bathroom is difficult, while also functioning as a padded support chair when the commode is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as a normal chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With the padded seat in place, the Viking Deluxe can be used as a supportive chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you access the commode?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe padded seat folds back to expose the commode opening and bowl underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a commode bowl?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It comes with a removable waste bowl with a lid and carry handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the commode bowl easy to remove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bowl is removable so it can be emptied and cleaned separately from the chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Viking Deluxe Bedside Commode has a \u003cstrong\u003e160 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat height adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e450 to 600 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is seat-height adjustment useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect seat height can make sitting down and standing up easier and can help the chair better suit the user's lower-leg length and transfer requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seat measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e450 mm wide x 440 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much space is there between the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear width between the armrests is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e460 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e610 mm wide x 540 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e, with overall height adjusting from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e885 to 1035 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the seat, back and arms padded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Viking Deluxe has a padded seat, curved padded backrest and padded armrests for added comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame is made from durable \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated steel\u003c\/strong\u003e and is designed with rust protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the three-sided skirt for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skirt helps conceal the commode bowl, giving the chair a more discreet appearance when used beside the bed or in a living space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Viking Deluxe have wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a stationary bedside commode rather than a mobile shower commode. If wheels are required, consider the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/deluxe-mobile-commode-and-shower-chair\"\u003eDeluxe Mobile Commode and Shower Chair\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from a folding commode?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Viking Deluxe prioritises padded comfort and a more conventional chair-style appearance, while the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/folding-commode\"\u003eFolding Commode\u003c\/a\u003e is designed to fold down for easier storage and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a heavier-duty option?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. If the user needs more width or a higher capacity than 160 kg, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-commode\"\u003eHeavy Duty Commode\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the Viking Deluxe Bedside Commode be delivered throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart can arrange delivery throughout New Zealand. If you would like help comparing commodes or checking dimensions before ordering, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact MoveSmart\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eViking Deluxe Bedside Commode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e571S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm W x 540 mm D x 885–1035 mm H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm W x 440 mm D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeat height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450–600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeat\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePadded, fold-back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved and padded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArmrests\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePadded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWaste bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, with lid and carry handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrivacy skirt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Viking","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43162596835403,"sku":"571S","price":769.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Viking-deluxe-bedside-commode_WEB2__Resampled.jpg?v=1788830342"},{"product_id":"viking-bedside-commode","title":"Viking Bedside Commode","description":"\u003ch2\u003eViking Bedside Commode – Height Adjustable Bedside Toileting Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eViking Bedside Commode\u003c\/strong\u003e is a practical, height-adjustable commode chair designed to bring toileting support closer to the user when getting to the bathroom is difficult. Its removable padded seat covers the toilet seat and commode bowl when not in use, allowing the chair to double as a comfortable bedside or bathroom chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seat height adjusts from \u003cstrong\u003e470 to 620 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping the chair better suit different users and transfer requirements. A padded vinyl seat and backrest provide everyday comfort, while non-slip rubber tips help keep the chair stable on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt around a strong \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated steel frame\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Viking Bedside Commode is designed for regular homecare use and offers a \u003cstrong\u003e120 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e. The backrest is removable for added flexibility, and the frame can be stacked when multiple chairs need to be stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eViking Bedside Commode – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 Bedside Chair and Commode\u003c\/strong\u003e – The removable padded seat covers the toileting opening when the commode function is not needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight Adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Seat height adjusts from 470–620 mm to suit different users and transfer needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded Vinyl Upholstery\u003c\/strong\u003e – Provides a comfortable and practical sitting surface for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable Padded Seat\u003c\/strong\u003e – Lifts away to provide access to the commode opening and bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable Backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e – Offers additional flexibility for storage and setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Slip Rubber Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e – Help improve grip and stability on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Strong, durable construction with rust protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 kg Safe Working Load\u003c\/strong\u003e – Suitable for a broad range of users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStackable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Useful where several chairs need to be stored compactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 kg Product Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e – Relatively easy to reposition when unoccupied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Fits in the MoveSmart Commode Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Viking Bedside Commode is a good choice when you want a \u003cstrong\u003estraightforward, height-adjustable stationary commode\u003c\/strong\u003e with padded seating and a relatively light 8 kg frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a more chair-like bedside option with padded armrests, a curved padded backrest and a three-sided skirt that conceals the bowl, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/viking-deluxe-bedside-commode\"\u003eViking Deluxe Bedside Commode\u003c\/a\u003e. The Deluxe also increases the maximum user weight to 160 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf storage and portability are the main priorities, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/folding-commode\"\u003eFolding Commode\u003c\/a\u003e folds down when not in use. Users needing substantially more width and capacity should consider the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-commode\"\u003eHeavy Duty Commode\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor wheeled bathroom mobility rather than a stationary bedside chair, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/deluxe-mobile-commode-and-shower-chair\"\u003eDeluxe Mobile Commode and Shower Chair\u003c\/a\u003e combines commode and shower-chair functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Viking Bedside Commode used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt provides a convenient toileting option close to the bed or living area when walking to the bathroom is difficult or inconvenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it also be used as a chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The padded seat fits over the commode opening so the product can be used as a bedside or bathroom chair when toileting is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat height adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e470 to 620 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does adjustable seat height matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatching seat height more closely to the user can make sitting down and standing up easier and may improve comfort during transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Viking Bedside Commode has a \u003cstrong\u003e120 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe padded seat measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e440 mm wide x 440 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much room is there between the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear width between the armrests is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e460 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e520 mm wide x 570 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the commode weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e8 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat padded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It has durable padded vinyl upholstery for everyday comfort and practical cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the padded seat be removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The padded seat is removable and covers the toilet seat and commode bowl when the toileting function is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the backrest removable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The backrest can be removed for added flexibility and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a stationary bedside commode with non-slip rubber feet. If you need a wheeled option, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/deluxe-mobile-commode-and-shower-chair\"\u003eDeluxe Mobile Commode and Shower Chair\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat helps keep the chair stable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-slip rubber tips on the legs help improve grip and stability on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame is made from strong powder-coated steel for durability and rust protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Viking Bedside Commodes be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame is designed to be stackable, which can be useful for clinics, care facilities or households storing more than one chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from the Viking Deluxe Bedside Commode?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is the lighter, simpler option at approximately 8 kg with a 120 kg safe working load. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/viking-deluxe-bedside-commode\"\u003eViking Deluxe Bedside Commode\u003c\/a\u003e provides a more upholstered chair-style design, padded armrests, a concealed bowl and a 160 kg capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the Viking Bedside Commode be delivered throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart can arrange delivery throughout New Zealand. If you would like help comparing bedside commodes or checking measurements before ordering, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact MoveSmart\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eViking Bedside Commode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e565\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 mm W x 570 mm D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeat height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470–620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeat size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 mm W x 440 mm D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePadded vinyl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeat\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable padded seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStackable frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Viking","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43162603028555,"sku":"565","price":399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/viking-bedside-commode.jpg?v=1788782823"},{"product_id":"spryly-commode","title":"Spryly Commode","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSpryly Poise Commode – Height-Adjustable Bedroom Commode Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSpryly Commode\u003c\/strong\u003e, part of the manufacturer's \u003cstrong\u003ePoise\u003c\/strong\u003e range, combines bedside toileting with a furniture-style chair. Its removable cushion covers the opening between uses, while wooden legs and a choice of colours help it suit a bedroom setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned in England, the commode pairs practical support with a dignified, discreet appearance that blends into a bedroom or living space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003eCappuccino, Blossom, Sage or Dusk\u003c\/strong\u003e. All four options include three foot sets and have a \u003cstrong\u003e128 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDignified, discreet design:\u003c\/strong\u003e considered colours and a furniture-style finish help it blend into the home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned in England:\u003c\/strong\u003e thoughtful details for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree seat heights:\u003c\/strong\u003e interchangeable feet for 420, 460 or 505 mm, including the seat pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier cleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable pot, lid and cushion, reduced ribbing, and no sliders or adjustment holes make routine cleaning easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient storage during use:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting positions for the cushion and pot lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden legs:\u003c\/strong\u003e rubberwood complements the coloured seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw-in legs and feet with no tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDomed ferrule tips with a textured finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for better floor grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Spryly Commode?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Spryly Commode is designed to sit discreetly among everyday furniture, with considered colours, wooden legs and a cushion that conceals the toileting opening between uses. This dignified appearance is matched by practical details: reduced ribbing and no sliders or adjustment holes make cleaning easier, while the pot, lid and cushion are removable. Interchangeable feet offer three seat heights, and textured, domed ferrule tips are designed for better floor grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the available space beside the bed, the approach to the seat and any room needed by a carer. The overall height and depth depend on the fitted feet. This is an indoor bedroom commode and is not suitable for shower use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Spryly Commode height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Three interchangeable foot sets provide seat heights of 420, 460 and 505 mm, measured including the seat pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLocomo specifies a maximum user weight of 128 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer lists an 8 kg product weight. The 10.9 kg figure is the packaged weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it look like an ordinary chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable vanity cushion covers the commode opening when it is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pot, lid and cushion removable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. These parts can be removed for access and cleaning. The design also provides places to store the cushion and lid during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre tools needed for assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The legs and foot tips screw into the built-in threads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the legs made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRubberwood. This commode uses wooden legs, unlike the steel legs of the Spryly bathroom stool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this commode in the shower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Locomo identifies it as a bedroom commode and says it is not intended for use under running shower water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich colours can I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe NZ range includes Cappuccino, Blossom, Sage and Dusk. Each includes the same three foot sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much floor space does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 560 mm wide and 559–575 mm deep, depending on the feet fitted. Allow additional space for approaching the chair and assistance if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand \/ model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpryly Poise Commode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCappuccino; Blossom; Sage; Dusk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat heights (including seat pad)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 \/ 460 \/ 505 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e778–863 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e559–575 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat, pot and lid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCushion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLegs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubberwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene and thermoplastic rubber (TPR)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree interchangeable foot sets included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackaged weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarton dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 x 660 x 435 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended setting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor \/ bedroom; not for shower use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign origin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned in England\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Spryly","offers":[{"title":"Cappuccino","offer_id":43179694456907,"sku":"62101","price":1099.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blossom","offer_id":43179694489675,"sku":"62102","price":1099.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage","offer_id":43179694522443,"sku":"62103","price":1099.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dusk","offer_id":43179694555211,"sku":"62104","price":1099.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/spryly-commode-cappuccino.jpg?v=1789099765"}],"url":"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/collections\/shop-beds-bedroom.oembed?page=3","provider":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}